ent

package
v0.11.4 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Oct 29, 2022 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 39 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// Operation types.
	OpCreate    = ent.OpCreate
	OpDelete    = ent.OpDelete
	OpDeleteOne = ent.OpDeleteOne
	OpUpdate    = ent.OpUpdate
	OpUpdateOne = ent.OpUpdateOne

	// Node types.
	TypeAccount  = "Account"
	TypeBlob     = "Blob"
	TypeBlobLink = "BlobLink"
	TypeCar      = "Car"
	TypeDevice   = "Device"
	TypeDoc      = "Doc"
	TypeGroup    = "Group"
	TypeIntSID   = "IntSID"
	TypeLink     = "Link"
	TypeMixinID  = "MixinID"
	TypeNote     = "Note"
	TypeOther    = "Other"
	TypePet      = "Pet"
	TypeRevision = "Revision"
	TypeSession  = "Session"
	TypeToken    = "Token"
	TypeUser     = "User"
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func IsConstraintError 

func IsConstraintError(err error) bool

IsConstraintError returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a constraint failure.

func IsNotFound 

func IsNotFound(err error) bool

IsNotFound returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not found error.

func IsNotLoaded 

func IsNotLoaded(err error) bool

IsNotLoaded returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not loaded error.

func IsNotSingular 

func IsNotSingular(err error) bool

IsNotSingular returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not singular error.

func IsValidationError 

func IsValidationError(err error) bool

IsValidationError returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a validation error.

func MaskNotFound 

func MaskNotFound(err error) error

MaskNotFound masks not found error.

func NewContext 

func NewContext(parent context.Context, c *Client) context.Context

NewContext returns a new context with the given Client attached.

func NewTxContext 

func NewTxContext(parent context.Context, tx *Tx) context.Context

NewTxContext returns a new context with the given Tx attached.

Types

type Account added in v0.10.1 

type Account struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID sid.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Email holds the value of the "email" field.
	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the AccountQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges AccountEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Account is the model entity for the Account schema.

func (*Account) QueryToken added in v0.10.1 

func (a *Account) QueryToken() *TokenQuery

QueryToken queries the "token" edge of the Account entity.

func (*Account) String added in v0.10.1 

func (a *Account) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Account) Unwrap added in v0.10.1 

func (a *Account) Unwrap() *Account

Unwrap unwraps the Account entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Account) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (a *Account) Update() *AccountUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Account. Note that you need to call Account.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Account was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type AccountClient added in v0.10.1 

type AccountClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountClient is a client for the Account schema.

func NewAccountClient added in v0.10.1 

func NewAccountClient(c config) *AccountClient

NewAccountClient returns a client for the Account from the given config.

func (*AccountClient) Create added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) Create() *AccountCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Account entity.

func (*AccountClient) CreateBulk added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*AccountCreate) *AccountCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Account entities.

func (*AccountClient) Delete added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) Delete() *AccountDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Account.

func (*AccountClient) DeleteOne added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) DeleteOne(a *Account) *AccountDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*AccountClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) DeleteOneID(id sid.ID) *AccountDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*AccountClient) Get added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) (*Account, error)

Get returns a Account entity by its id.

func (*AccountClient) GetX added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) *Account

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountClient) Hooks added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*AccountClient) Query added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) Query() *AccountQuery

Query returns a query builder for Account.

func (*AccountClient) QueryToken added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) QueryToken(a *Account) *TokenQuery

QueryToken queries the token edge of a Account.

func (*AccountClient) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) Update() *AccountUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Account.

func (*AccountClient) UpdateOne added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) UpdateOne(a *Account) *AccountUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*AccountClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) UpdateOneID(id sid.ID) *AccountUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*AccountClient) Use added in v0.10.1 

func (c *AccountClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `account.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type AccountCreate added in v0.10.1 

type AccountCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountCreate is the builder for creating a Account entity.

func (*AccountCreate) AddToken added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) AddToken(t ...*Token) *AccountCreate

AddToken adds the "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountCreate) AddTokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) AddTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountCreate

AddTokenIDs adds the "token" edge to the Token entity by IDs.

func (*AccountCreate) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountCreate) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountCreate) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) Mutation() *AccountMutation

Mutation returns the AccountMutation object of the builder.

func (*AccountCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *AccountUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Account.Create().
	SetEmail(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.AccountUpsert) {
		SetEmail(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *AccountUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountCreate) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error)

Save creates the Account in the database.

func (*AccountCreate) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Account

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*AccountCreate) SetEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) SetEmail(s string) *AccountCreate

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountCreate) SetID added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) SetID(s sid.ID) *AccountCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*AccountCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.10.1 

func (ac *AccountCreate) SetNillableID(s *sid.ID) *AccountCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type AccountCreateBulk added in v0.10.1 

type AccountCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Account entities in bulk.

func (*AccountCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.1 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *AccountUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Account.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.AccountUpsert) {
		SetEmail(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.1 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *AccountUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountCreateBulk) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Account, error)

Save creates the Account entities in the database.

func (*AccountCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Account

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type AccountDelete added in v0.10.1 

type AccountDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountDelete is the builder for deleting a Account entity.

func (*AccountDelete) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (ad *AccountDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*AccountDelete) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (ad *AccountDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountDelete) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (ad *AccountDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Account) *AccountDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the AccountDelete builder.

type AccountDeleteOne added in v0.10.1 

type AccountDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Account entity.

func (*AccountDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (ado *AccountDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*AccountDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (ado *AccountDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type AccountEdges added in v0.10.1 

type AccountEdges struct {
	// Token holds the value of the token edge.
	Token []*Token `json:"token,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (AccountEdges) TokenOrErr added in v0.10.1 

func (e AccountEdges) TokenOrErr() ([]*Token, error)

TokenOrErr returns the Token value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type AccountFilter added in v0.10.1 

type AccountFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for AccountQuery.

func (*AccountFilter) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (f *AccountFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*AccountFilter) WhereEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (f *AccountFilter) WhereEmail(p entql.StringP)

WhereEmail applies the entql string predicate on the email field.

func (*AccountFilter) WhereHasToken added in v0.10.1 

func (f *AccountFilter) WhereHasToken()

WhereHasToken applies a predicate to check if query has an edge token.

func (*AccountFilter) WhereHasTokenWith added in v0.10.1 

func (f *AccountFilter) WhereHasTokenWith(preds ...predicate.Token)

WhereHasTokenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge token with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*AccountFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.1 

func (f *AccountFilter) WhereID(p entql.OtherP)

WhereID applies the entql other predicate on the id field.

type AccountGroupBy added in v0.10.1 

type AccountGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountGroupBy is the group-by builder for Account entities.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.10.1 

func (agb *AccountGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *AccountGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Bool added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Bools added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Int added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) IntX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Ints added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Scan added in v0.10.1 

func (agb *AccountGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*AccountGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) String added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) StringX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Strings added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type AccountMutation added in v0.10.1 

type AccountMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountMutation represents an operation that mutates the Account nodes in the graph.

func (*AccountMutation) AddField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*AccountMutation) AddTokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID)

AddTokenIDs adds the "token" edge to the Token entity by ids.

func (*AccountMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) AddedField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) AddedFields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearToken added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearToken()

ClearToken clears the "token" edge to the Token entity.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (AccountMutation) Client added in v0.10.1 

func (m AccountMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*AccountMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) Email added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) Email() (r string, exists bool)

Email returns the value of the "email" field in the mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) Field added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) Fields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*AccountMutation) Filter added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) Filter() *AccountFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the AccountMutation builder.

func (*AccountMutation) ID added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*AccountMutation) IDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) OldEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) OldEmail(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldEmail returns the old "email" field's value of the Account entity. If the Account object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*AccountMutation) OldField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*AccountMutation) Op added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*AccountMutation) RemoveTokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) RemoveTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID)

RemoveTokenIDs removes the "token" edge to the Token entity by IDs.

func (*AccountMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) RemovedTokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) RemovedTokenIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

RemovedToken returns the removed IDs of the "token" edge to the Token entity.

func (*AccountMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) ResetEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ResetEmail()

ResetEmail resets all changes to the "email" field.

func (*AccountMutation) ResetField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) ResetToken added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) ResetToken()

ResetToken resets all changes to the "token" edge.

func (*AccountMutation) SetEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) SetEmail(s string)

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountMutation) SetField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*AccountMutation) SetID added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) SetID(id sid.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Account entities.

func (*AccountMutation) TokenCleared added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) TokenCleared() bool

TokenCleared reports if the "token" edge to the Token entity was cleared.

func (*AccountMutation) TokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) TokenIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

TokenIDs returns the "token" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (AccountMutation) Tx added in v0.10.1 

func (m AccountMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*AccountMutation) Type added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Account).

func (*AccountMutation) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (m *AccountMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Account)

Where appends a list predicates to the AccountMutation builder.

type AccountQuery added in v0.10.1 

type AccountQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountQuery is the builder for querying Account entities.

func (*AccountQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *AccountSelect

Aggregate returns a AccountSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*AccountQuery) All added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Account, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Accounts.

func (*AccountQuery) AllX added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Account

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Clone added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Clone() *AccountQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the AccountQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*AccountQuery) Count added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*AccountQuery) CountX added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Exist added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*AccountQuery) ExistX added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Filter added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Filter() *AccountFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the AccountQuery builder.

func (*AccountQuery) First added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error)

First returns the first Account entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Account was found.

func (*AccountQuery) FirstID added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Account ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Account ID was found.

func (*AccountQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) FirstX added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Account

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) GroupBy added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *AccountGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Account.Query().
	GroupBy(account.FieldEmail).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*AccountQuery) IDs added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Account IDs.

func (*AccountQuery) IDsX added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []sid.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Limit added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Limit(limit int) *AccountQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*AccountQuery) Offset added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Offset(offset int) *AccountQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*AccountQuery) Only added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error)

Only returns a single Account entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Account entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Account entities are found.

func (*AccountQuery) OnlyID added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Account ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Account ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*AccountQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) OnlyX added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Account

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Order added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *AccountQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*AccountQuery) QueryToken added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) QueryToken() *TokenQuery

QueryToken chains the current query on the "token" edge.

func (*AccountQuery) Select added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Select(fields ...string) *AccountSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
}

client.Account.Query().
	Select(account.FieldEmail).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*AccountQuery) Unique added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Unique(unique bool) *AccountQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*AccountQuery) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Account) *AccountQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the AccountQuery builder.

func (*AccountQuery) WithToken added in v0.10.1 

func (aq *AccountQuery) WithToken(opts ...func(*TokenQuery)) *AccountQuery

WithToken tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "token" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type AccountSelect added in v0.10.1 

type AccountSelect struct {
	*AccountQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Account entities.

func (*AccountSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (as *AccountSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *AccountSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*AccountSelect) Bool added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) BoolX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Bools added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) BoolsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Float64 added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) Float64X added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Float64s added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) Float64sX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Int added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) IntX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Ints added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) IntsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Scan added in v0.10.1 

func (as *AccountSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*AccountSelect) ScanX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) String added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) StringX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Strings added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) StringsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *AccountSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type AccountUpdate added in v0.10.1 

type AccountUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountUpdate is the builder for updating Account entities.

func (*AccountUpdate) AddToken added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) AddToken(t ...*Token) *AccountUpdate

AddToken adds the "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountUpdate) AddTokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) AddTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountUpdate

AddTokenIDs adds the "token" edge to the Token entity by IDs.

func (*AccountUpdate) ClearToken added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) ClearToken() *AccountUpdate

ClearToken clears all "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountUpdate) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountUpdate) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpdate) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) Mutation() *AccountMutation

Mutation returns the AccountMutation object of the builder.

func (*AccountUpdate) RemoveToken added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) RemoveToken(t ...*Token) *AccountUpdate

RemoveToken removes "token" edges to Token entities.

func (*AccountUpdate) RemoveTokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) RemoveTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountUpdate

RemoveTokenIDs removes the "token" edge to Token entities by IDs.

func (*AccountUpdate) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*AccountUpdate) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpdate) SetEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) SetEmail(s string) *AccountUpdate

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountUpdate) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (au *AccountUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Account) *AccountUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the AccountUpdate builder.

type AccountUpdateOne added in v0.10.1 

type AccountUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Account entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) AddToken added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) AddToken(t ...*Token) *AccountUpdateOne

AddToken adds the "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) AddTokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) AddTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountUpdateOne

AddTokenIDs adds the "token" edge to the Token entity by IDs.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) ClearToken added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) ClearToken() *AccountUpdateOne

ClearToken clears all "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) Mutation() *AccountMutation

Mutation returns the AccountMutation object of the builder.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) RemoveToken added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) RemoveToken(t ...*Token) *AccountUpdateOne

RemoveToken removes "token" edges to Token entities.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) RemoveTokenIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) RemoveTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountUpdateOne

RemoveTokenIDs removes the "token" edge to Token entities by IDs.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Account entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Account

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) Select added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *AccountUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) SetEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) SetEmail(s string) *AccountUpdateOne

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

type AccountUpsert added in v0.10.1 

type AccountUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

AccountUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*AccountUpsert) SetEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsert) SetEmail(v string) *AccountUpsert

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountUpsert) UpdateEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsert) UpdateEmail() *AccountUpsert

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

type AccountUpsertBulk added in v0.10.1 

type AccountUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Account nodes.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *AccountUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) Ignore() *AccountUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) SetEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) SetEmail(v string) *AccountUpsertBulk

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*AccountUpsert)) *AccountUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the AccountCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) UpdateEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) UpdateEmail() *AccountUpsertBulk

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *AccountUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(account.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type AccountUpsertOne added in v0.10.1 

type AccountUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Account node.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) DoNothing() *AccountUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) Ignore() *AccountUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountUpsertOne) SetEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) SetEmail(v string) *AccountUpsertOne

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) Update(set func(*AccountUpsert)) *AccountUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the AccountCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) UpdateEmail added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) UpdateEmail() *AccountUpsertOne

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.1 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *AccountUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(account.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Accounts added in v0.10.1 

type Accounts []*Account

Accounts is a parsable slice of Account.

type AggregateFunc 

type AggregateFunc func(*sql.Selector) string

AggregateFunc applies an aggregation step on the group-by traversal/selector.

func As 

func As(fn AggregateFunc, end string) AggregateFunc

As is a pseudo aggregation function for renaming another other functions with custom names. For example: 

GroupBy(field1, field2).
Aggregate(ent.As(ent.Sum(field1), "sum_field1"), (ent.As(ent.Sum(field2), "sum_field2")).
Scan(ctx, &v)

func Count 

func Count() AggregateFunc

Count applies the "count" aggregation function on each group.

func Max 

func Max(field string) AggregateFunc

Max applies the "max" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Mean 

func Mean(field string) AggregateFunc

Mean applies the "mean" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Min 

func Min(field string) AggregateFunc

Min applies the "min" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Sum 

func Sum(field string) AggregateFunc

Sum applies the "sum" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

type Blob 

type Blob struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID uuid.UUID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// UUID holds the value of the "uuid" field.
	UUID uuid.UUID `json:"uuid,omitempty"`
	// Count holds the value of the "count" field.
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the BlobQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges BlobEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Blob is the model entity for the Blob schema. 

func (b *Blob) QueryBlobLinks() *BlobLinkQuery

QueryBlobLinks queries the "blob_links" edge of the Blob entity. 

func (b *Blob) QueryLinks() *BlobQuery

QueryLinks queries the "links" edge of the Blob entity.

func (*Blob) QueryParent 

func (b *Blob) QueryParent() *BlobQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the Blob entity.

func (*Blob) String 

func (b *Blob) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Blob) Unwrap 

func (b *Blob) Unwrap() *Blob

Unwrap unwraps the Blob entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Blob) Update 

func (b *Blob) Update() *BlobUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Blob. Note that you need to call Blob.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Blob was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type BlobClient 

type BlobClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobClient is a client for the Blob schema.

func NewBlobClient 

func NewBlobClient(c config) *BlobClient

NewBlobClient returns a client for the Blob from the given config.

func (*BlobClient) Create 

func (c *BlobClient) Create() *BlobCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Blob entity.

func (*BlobClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *BlobClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*BlobCreate) *BlobCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Blob entities.

func (*BlobClient) Delete 

func (c *BlobClient) Delete() *BlobDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Blob.

func (*BlobClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *BlobClient) DeleteOne(b *Blob) *BlobDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*BlobClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *BlobClient) DeleteOneID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*BlobClient) Get 

func (c *BlobClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id uuid.UUID) (*Blob, error)

Get returns a Blob entity by its id.

func (*BlobClient) GetX 

func (c *BlobClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id uuid.UUID) *Blob

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobClient) Hooks 

func (c *BlobClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*BlobClient) Query 

func (c *BlobClient) Query() *BlobQuery

Query returns a query builder for Blob. 

func (c *BlobClient) QueryBlobLinks(b *Blob) *BlobLinkQuery

QueryBlobLinks queries the blob_links edge of a Blob. 

func (c *BlobClient) QueryLinks(b *Blob) *BlobQuery

QueryLinks queries the links edge of a Blob.

func (*BlobClient) QueryParent 

func (c *BlobClient) QueryParent(b *Blob) *BlobQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a Blob.

func (*BlobClient) Update 

func (c *BlobClient) Update() *BlobUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Blob.

func (*BlobClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *BlobClient) UpdateOne(b *Blob) *BlobUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*BlobClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *BlobClient) UpdateOneID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*BlobClient) Use 

func (c *BlobClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `blob.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type BlobCreate 

type BlobCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobCreate is the builder for creating a Blob entity.

func (*BlobCreate) AddLinkIDs 

func (bc *BlobCreate) AddLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

AddLinkIDs adds the "links" edge to the Blob entity by IDs. 

func (bc *BlobCreate) AddLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobCreate

AddLinks adds the "links" edges to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobCreate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (bc *BlobCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobCreate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (bc *BlobCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobCreate) Mutation 

func (bc *BlobCreate) Mutation() *BlobMutation

Mutation returns the BlobMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (bc *BlobCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BlobUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Blob.Create().
	SetUUID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BlobUpsert) {
		SetUUID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (bc *BlobCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BlobUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobCreate) Save 

func (bc *BlobCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Blob, error)

Save creates the Blob in the database.

func (*BlobCreate) SaveX 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Blob

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*BlobCreate) SetCount added in v0.10.0 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetCount(i int) *BlobCreate

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobCreate) SetID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*BlobCreate) SetNillableCount added in v0.10.0 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetNillableCount(i *int) *BlobCreate

SetNillableCount sets the "count" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.10.0 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetNillableID(u *uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobCreate) SetNillableParentID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobCreate) SetNillableUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetNillableUUID(u *uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetNillableUUID sets the "uuid" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobCreate) SetParent 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetParent(b *Blob) *BlobCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobCreate) SetParentID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetParentID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID.

func (*BlobCreate) SetUUID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetUUID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

type BlobCreateBulk 

type BlobCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Blob entities in bulk.

func (*BlobCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BlobUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Blob.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BlobUpsert) {
		SetUUID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BlobUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobCreateBulk) Save 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Blob, error)

Save creates the Blob entities in the database.

func (*BlobCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Blob

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobDelete 

type BlobDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobDelete is the builder for deleting a Blob entity.

func (*BlobDelete) Exec 

func (bd *BlobDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*BlobDelete) ExecX 

func (bd *BlobDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobDelete) Where 

func (bd *BlobDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Blob) *BlobDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobDelete builder.

type BlobDeleteOne 

type BlobDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Blob entity.

func (*BlobDeleteOne) Exec 

func (bdo *BlobDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*BlobDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (bdo *BlobDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobEdges 

type BlobEdges struct {
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *Blob `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Links holds the value of the links edge.
	Links []*Blob `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// BlobLinks holds the value of the blob_links edge.
	BlobLinks []*BlobLink `json:"blob_links,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (BlobEdges) BlobLinksOrErr added in v0.11.0 

func (e BlobEdges) BlobLinksOrErr() ([]*BlobLink, error)

BlobLinksOrErr returns the BlobLinks value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (BlobEdges) LinksOrErr 

func (e BlobEdges) LinksOrErr() ([]*Blob, error)

LinksOrErr returns the Links value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (BlobEdges) ParentOrErr 

func (e BlobEdges) ParentOrErr() (*Blob, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type BlobFilter added in v0.10.0 

type BlobFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for BlobQuery.

func (*BlobFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *BlobFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereCount added in v0.10.0 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereCount(p entql.IntP)

WhereCount applies the entql int predicate on the count field. 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasBlobLinks()

WhereHasBlobLinks applies a predicate to check if query has an edge blob_links.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereHasBlobLinksWith added in v0.11.0 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasBlobLinksWith(preds ...predicate.BlobLink)

WhereHasBlobLinksWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge blob_links with a given conditions (other predicates). 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasLinks()

WhereHasLinks applies a predicate to check if query has an edge links.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereHasLinksWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasLinksWith(preds ...predicate.Blob)

WhereHasLinksWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge links with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*BlobFilter) WhereHasParent added in v0.10.0 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereHasParentWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.Blob)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*BlobFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the id field.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereUUID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereUUID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the uuid field.

type BlobGroupBy 

type BlobGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobGroupBy is the group-by builder for Blob entities.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (bgb *BlobGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BlobGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Int 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Scan 

func (bgb *BlobGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BlobGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) String 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs. 

type BlobLink struct {

	// CreatedAt holds the value of the "created_at" field.
	CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
	// BlobID holds the value of the "blob_id" field.
	BlobID uuid.UUID `json:"blob_id,omitempty"`
	// LinkID holds the value of the "link_id" field.
	LinkID uuid.UUID `json:"link_id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the BlobLinkQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges BlobLinkEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLink is the model entity for the BlobLink schema.

func (*BlobLink) QueryBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (bl *BlobLink) QueryBlob() *BlobQuery

QueryBlob queries the "blob" edge of the BlobLink entity. 

func (bl *BlobLink) QueryLink() *BlobQuery

QueryLink queries the "link" edge of the BlobLink entity.

func (*BlobLink) String added in v0.11.0 

func (bl *BlobLink) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*BlobLink) Unwrap added in v0.11.0 

func (bl *BlobLink) Unwrap() *BlobLink

Unwrap unwraps the BlobLink entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*BlobLink) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (bl *BlobLink) Update() *BlobLinkUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this BlobLink. Note that you need to call BlobLink.Unwrap() before calling this method if this BlobLink was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type BlobLinkClient added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkClient is a client for the BlobLink schema.

func NewBlobLinkClient added in v0.11.0 

func NewBlobLinkClient(c config) *BlobLinkClient

NewBlobLinkClient returns a client for the BlobLink from the given config.

func (*BlobLinkClient) Create added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) Create() *BlobLinkCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a BlobLink entity.

func (*BlobLinkClient) CreateBulk added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*BlobLinkCreate) *BlobLinkCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of BlobLink entities.

func (*BlobLinkClient) Delete added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) Delete() *BlobLinkDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for BlobLink.

func (*BlobLinkClient) Hooks added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*BlobLinkClient) Query added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) Query() *BlobLinkQuery

Query returns a query builder for BlobLink.

func (*BlobLinkClient) QueryBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) QueryBlob(bl *BlobLink) *BlobQuery

QueryBlob queries the blob edge of a BlobLink. 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) QueryLink(bl *BlobLink) *BlobQuery

QueryLink queries the link edge of a BlobLink.

func (*BlobLinkClient) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) Update() *BlobLinkUpdate

Update returns an update builder for BlobLink.

func (*BlobLinkClient) UpdateOne added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) UpdateOne(bl *BlobLink) *BlobLinkUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*BlobLinkClient) Use added in v0.11.0 

func (c *BlobLinkClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `bloblink.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type BlobLinkCreate added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkCreate is the builder for creating a BlobLink entity.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) Mutation() *BlobLinkMutation

Mutation returns the BlobLinkMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) OnConflict added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BlobLinkUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.BlobLink.Create().
	SetCreatedAt(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BlobLinkUpsert) {
		SetCreatedAt(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobLinkCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BlobLinkUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BlobLink.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobLinkCreate) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*BlobLink, error)

Save creates the BlobLink in the database.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *BlobLink

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) SetBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) SetBlob(b *Blob) *BlobLinkCreate

SetBlob sets the "blob" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) SetBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) SetBlobID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkCreate

SetBlobID sets the "blob_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) SetCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) SetCreatedAt(t time.Time) *BlobLinkCreate

SetCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field. 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) SetLink(b *Blob) *BlobLinkCreate

SetLink sets the "link" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) SetLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) SetLinkID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkCreate

SetLinkID sets the "link_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkCreate) SetNillableCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (blc *BlobLinkCreate) SetNillableCreatedAt(t *time.Time) *BlobLinkCreate

SetNillableCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field if the given value is not nil.

type BlobLinkCreateBulk added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkCreateBulk is the builder for creating many BlobLink entities in bulk.

func (*BlobLinkCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (blcb *BlobLinkCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobLinkCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (blcb *BlobLinkCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.11.0 

func (blcb *BlobLinkCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.BlobLink.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BlobLinkUpsert) {
		SetCreatedAt(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobLinkCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.11.0 

func (blcb *BlobLinkCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BlobLink.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobLinkCreateBulk) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (blcb *BlobLinkCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*BlobLink, error)

Save creates the BlobLink entities in the database.

func (*BlobLinkCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (blcb *BlobLinkCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*BlobLink

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobLinkDelete added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkDelete is the builder for deleting a BlobLink entity.

func (*BlobLinkDelete) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (bld *BlobLinkDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*BlobLinkDelete) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (bld *BlobLinkDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkDelete) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (bld *BlobLinkDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.BlobLink) *BlobLinkDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobLinkDelete builder.

type BlobLinkDeleteOne added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single BlobLink entity.

func (*BlobLinkDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (bldo *BlobLinkDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*BlobLinkDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (bldo *BlobLinkDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobLinkEdges added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkEdges struct {
	// Blob holds the value of the blob edge.
	Blob *Blob `json:"blob,omitempty"`
	// Link holds the value of the link edge.
	Link *Blob `json:"link,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (BlobLinkEdges) BlobOrErr added in v0.11.0 

func (e BlobLinkEdges) BlobOrErr() (*Blob, error)

BlobOrErr returns the Blob value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (BlobLinkEdges) LinkOrErr added in v0.11.0 

func (e BlobLinkEdges) LinkOrErr() (*Blob, error)

LinkOrErr returns the Link value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type BlobLinkFilter added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for BlobLinkQuery.

func (*BlobLinkFilter) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (f *BlobLinkFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*BlobLinkFilter) WhereBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (f *BlobLinkFilter) WhereBlobID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereBlobID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the blob_id field.

func (*BlobLinkFilter) WhereCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (f *BlobLinkFilter) WhereCreatedAt(p entql.TimeP)

WhereCreatedAt applies the entql time.Time predicate on the created_at field.

func (*BlobLinkFilter) WhereHasBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (f *BlobLinkFilter) WhereHasBlob()

WhereHasBlob applies a predicate to check if query has an edge blob.

func (*BlobLinkFilter) WhereHasBlobWith added in v0.11.0 

func (f *BlobLinkFilter) WhereHasBlobWith(preds ...predicate.Blob)

WhereHasBlobWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge blob with a given conditions (other predicates). 

func (f *BlobLinkFilter) WhereHasLink()

WhereHasLink applies a predicate to check if query has an edge link.

func (*BlobLinkFilter) WhereHasLinkWith added in v0.11.0 

func (f *BlobLinkFilter) WhereHasLinkWith(preds ...predicate.Blob)

WhereHasLinkWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge link with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*BlobLinkFilter) WhereLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (f *BlobLinkFilter) WhereLinkID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereLinkID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the link_id field.

type BlobLinkGroupBy added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkGroupBy is the group-by builder for BlobLink entities.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.11.0 

func (blgb *BlobLinkGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BlobLinkGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Bool added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Bools added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Int added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) IntX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Ints added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Scan added in v0.11.0 

func (blgb *BlobLinkGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) StringX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) Strings added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobLinkMutation added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkMutation represents an operation that mutates the BlobLink nodes in the graph.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) AddField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) AddedField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) AddedFields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) BlobCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) BlobCleared() bool

BlobCleared reports if the "blob" edge to the Blob entity was cleared.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) BlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) BlobID() (r uuid.UUID, exists bool)

BlobID returns the value of the "blob_id" field in the mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) BlobIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) BlobIDs() (ids []uuid.UUID)

BlobIDs returns the "blob" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use BlobID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ClearBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ClearBlob()

ClearBlob clears the "blob" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ClearField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema. 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ClearLink()

ClearLink clears the "link" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (BlobLinkMutation) Client added in v0.11.0 

func (m BlobLinkMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) CreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) CreatedAt() (r time.Time, exists bool)

CreatedAt returns the value of the "created_at" field in the mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) Field added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) Fields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*BlobLinkMutation) Filter added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) Filter() *BlobLinkFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the BlobLinkMutation builder.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) LinkCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) LinkCleared() bool

LinkCleared reports if the "link" edge to the Blob entity was cleared.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) LinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) LinkID() (r uuid.UUID, exists bool)

LinkID returns the value of the "link_id" field in the mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) LinkIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) LinkIDs() (ids []uuid.UUID)

LinkIDs returns the "link" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use LinkID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) OldField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) Op added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ResetBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ResetBlob()

ResetBlob resets all changes to the "blob" edge.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ResetBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ResetBlobID()

ResetBlobID resets all changes to the "blob_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ResetCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ResetCreatedAt()

ResetCreatedAt resets all changes to the "created_at" field.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ResetField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema. 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ResetLink()

ResetLink resets all changes to the "link" edge.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) ResetLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) ResetLinkID()

ResetLinkID resets all changes to the "link_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) SetBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) SetBlobID(u uuid.UUID)

SetBlobID sets the "blob_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) SetCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) SetCreatedAt(t time.Time)

SetCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) SetField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) SetLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) SetLinkID(u uuid.UUID)

SetLinkID sets the "link_id" field.

func (BlobLinkMutation) Tx added in v0.11.0 

func (m BlobLinkMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*BlobLinkMutation) Type added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (BlobLink).

func (*BlobLinkMutation) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (m *BlobLinkMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.BlobLink)

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobLinkMutation builder.

type BlobLinkQuery added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkQuery is the builder for querying BlobLink entities.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BlobLinkSelect

Aggregate returns a BlobLinkSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) All added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*BlobLink, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of BlobLinks.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) AllX added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*BlobLink

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Clone added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Clone() *BlobLinkQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the BlobLinkQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Count added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) CountX added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Exist added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) ExistX added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Filter added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Filter() *BlobLinkFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the BlobLinkQuery builder.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) First added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*BlobLink, error)

First returns the first BlobLink entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no BlobLink was found.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) FirstX added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *BlobLink

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) GroupBy added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *BlobLinkGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.BlobLink.Query().
	GroupBy(bloblink.FieldCreatedAt).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Limit added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Limit(limit int) *BlobLinkQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Offset added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Offset(offset int) *BlobLinkQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Only added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*BlobLink, error)

Only returns a single BlobLink entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one BlobLink entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no BlobLink entities are found.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) OnlyX added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *BlobLink

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Order added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *BlobLinkQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) QueryBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) QueryBlob() *BlobQuery

QueryBlob chains the current query on the "blob" edge. 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) QueryLink() *BlobQuery

QueryLink chains the current query on the "link" edge.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Select added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Select(fields ...string) *BlobLinkSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
}

client.BlobLink.Query().
	Select(bloblink.FieldCreatedAt).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Unique added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Unique(unique bool) *BlobLinkQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.BlobLink) *BlobLinkQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the BlobLinkQuery builder.

func (*BlobLinkQuery) WithBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) WithBlob(opts ...func(*BlobQuery)) *BlobLinkQuery

WithBlob tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "blob" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge. 

func (blq *BlobLinkQuery) WithLink(opts ...func(*BlobQuery)) *BlobLinkQuery

WithLink tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "link" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type BlobLinkSelect added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkSelect struct {
	*BlobLinkQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkSelect is the builder for selecting fields of BlobLink entities.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (bls *BlobLinkSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BlobLinkSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Bool added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) BoolX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Bools added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) BoolsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Float64 added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Float64X added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Float64s added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Float64sX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Int added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) IntX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Ints added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) IntsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Scan added in v0.11.0 

func (bls *BlobLinkSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) ScanX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) StringX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) Strings added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobLinkSelect) StringsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BlobLinkSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobLinkUpdate added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkUpdate is the builder for updating BlobLink entities.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) ClearBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) ClearBlob() *BlobLinkUpdate

ClearBlob clears the "blob" edge to the Blob entity. 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) ClearLink() *BlobLinkUpdate

ClearLink clears the "link" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) Mutation() *BlobLinkMutation

Mutation returns the BlobLinkMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) SetBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) SetBlob(b *Blob) *BlobLinkUpdate

SetBlob sets the "blob" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) SetBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) SetBlobID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpdate

SetBlobID sets the "blob_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) SetCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) SetCreatedAt(t time.Time) *BlobLinkUpdate

SetCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field. 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) SetLink(b *Blob) *BlobLinkUpdate

SetLink sets the "link" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) SetLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) SetLinkID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpdate

SetLinkID sets the "link_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) SetNillableCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) SetNillableCreatedAt(t *time.Time) *BlobLinkUpdate

SetNillableCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobLinkUpdate) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (blu *BlobLinkUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.BlobLink) *BlobLinkUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobLinkUpdate builder.

type BlobLinkUpdateOne added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single BlobLink entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) ClearBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) ClearBlob() *BlobLinkUpdateOne

ClearBlob clears the "blob" edge to the Blob entity. 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) ClearLink() *BlobLinkUpdateOne

ClearLink clears the "link" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) Mutation() *BlobLinkMutation

Mutation returns the BlobLinkMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*BlobLink, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated BlobLink entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *BlobLink

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) Select added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *BlobLinkUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetBlob added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetBlob(b *Blob) *BlobLinkUpdateOne

SetBlob sets the "blob" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetBlobID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpdateOne

SetBlobID sets the "blob_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetCreatedAt(t time.Time) *BlobLinkUpdateOne

SetCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field. 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetLink(b *Blob) *BlobLinkUpdateOne

SetLink sets the "link" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetLinkID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpdateOne

SetLinkID sets the "link_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetNillableCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (bluo *BlobLinkUpdateOne) SetNillableCreatedAt(t *time.Time) *BlobLinkUpdateOne

SetNillableCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field if the given value is not nil.

type BlobLinkUpsert added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

BlobLinkUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*BlobLinkUpsert) SetBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsert) SetBlobID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpsert

SetBlobID sets the "blob_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsert) SetCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsert) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *BlobLinkUpsert

SetCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsert) SetLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsert) SetLinkID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpsert

SetLinkID sets the "link_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsert) UpdateBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsert) UpdateBlobID() *BlobLinkUpsert

UpdateBlobID sets the "blob_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobLinkUpsert) UpdateCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsert) UpdateCreatedAt() *BlobLinkUpsert

UpdateCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobLinkUpsert) UpdateLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsert) UpdateLinkID() *BlobLinkUpsert

UpdateLinkID sets the "link_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type BlobLinkUpsertBulk added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of BlobLink nodes.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) Ignore() *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BlobLink.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) SetBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) SetBlobID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

SetBlobID sets the "blob_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) SetCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

SetCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) SetLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) SetLinkID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

SetLinkID sets the "link_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*BlobLinkUpsert)) *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BlobLinkCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) UpdateBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) UpdateBlobID() *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

UpdateBlobID sets the "blob_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) UpdateCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) UpdateCreatedAt() *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

UpdateCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) UpdateLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) UpdateLinkID() *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

UpdateLinkID sets the "link_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *BlobLinkUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BlobLink.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type BlobLinkUpsertOne added in v0.11.0 

type BlobLinkUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobLinkUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one BlobLink node.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) DoNothing() *BlobLinkUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) Ignore() *BlobLinkUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BlobLink.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) SetBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) SetBlobID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpsertOne

SetBlobID sets the "blob_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) SetCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *BlobLinkUpsertOne

SetCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) SetLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) SetLinkID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobLinkUpsertOne

SetLinkID sets the "link_id" field.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) Update(set func(*BlobLinkUpsert)) *BlobLinkUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BlobLinkCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) UpdateBlobID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) UpdateBlobID() *BlobLinkUpsertOne

UpdateBlobID sets the "blob_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) UpdateCreatedAt added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) UpdateCreatedAt() *BlobLinkUpsertOne

UpdateCreatedAt sets the "created_at" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) UpdateLinkID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) UpdateLinkID() *BlobLinkUpsertOne

UpdateLinkID sets the "link_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobLinkUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.11.0 

func (u *BlobLinkUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *BlobLinkUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BlobLink.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type BlobLinks []*BlobLink

BlobLinks is a parsable slice of BlobLink.

type BlobMutation 

type BlobMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobMutation represents an operation that mutates the Blob nodes in the graph.

func (*BlobMutation) AddCount added in v0.10.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddCount(i int)

AddCount adds i to the "count" field.

func (*BlobMutation) AddField 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BlobMutation) AddLinkIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID)

AddLinkIDs adds the "links" edge to the Blob entity by ids.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedCount added in v0.10.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedCount() (r int, exists bool)

AddedCount returns the value that was added to the "count" field in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedField 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearField 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema. 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearLinks()

ClearLinks clears the "links" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearParent 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (BlobMutation) Client 

func (m BlobMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*BlobMutation) Count added in v0.10.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) Count() (r int, exists bool)

Count returns the value of the "count" field in the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *BlobMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) Field 

func (m *BlobMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *BlobMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) Fields 

func (m *BlobMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*BlobMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) Filter() *BlobFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the BlobMutation builder.

func (*BlobMutation) ID 

func (m *BlobMutation) ID() (id uuid.UUID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*BlobMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuid.UUID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) LinksCleared 

func (m *BlobMutation) LinksCleared() bool

LinksCleared reports if the "links" edge to the Blob entity was cleared.

func (*BlobMutation) LinksIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) LinksIDs() (ids []uuid.UUID)

LinksIDs returns the "links" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) OldCount added in v0.10.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) OldCount(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldCount returns the old "count" field's value of the Blob entity. If the Blob object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BlobMutation) OldField 

func (m *BlobMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*BlobMutation) OldUUID 

func (m *BlobMutation) OldUUID(ctx context.Context) (v uuid.UUID, err error)

OldUUID returns the old "uuid" field's value of the Blob entity. If the Blob object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BlobMutation) Op 

func (m *BlobMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*BlobMutation) ParentCleared 

func (m *BlobMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the Blob entity was cleared.

func (*BlobMutation) ParentID 

func (m *BlobMutation) ParentID() (id uuid.UUID, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) ParentIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []uuid.UUID)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*BlobMutation) RemoveLinkIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) RemoveLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID)

RemoveLinkIDs removes the "links" edge to the Blob entity by IDs.

func (*BlobMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *BlobMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) RemovedLinksIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) RemovedLinksIDs() (ids []uuid.UUID)

RemovedLinks returns the removed IDs of the "links" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetCount added in v0.10.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetCount()

ResetCount resets all changes to the "count" field.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetField 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema. 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetLinks()

ResetLinks resets all changes to the "links" edge.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetParent 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetUUID 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetUUID()

ResetUUID resets all changes to the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobMutation) SetCount added in v0.10.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetCount(i int)

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobMutation) SetField 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BlobMutation) SetID 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetID(id uuid.UUID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Blob entities.

func (*BlobMutation) SetParentID 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetParentID(id uuid.UUID)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by id.

func (*BlobMutation) SetUUID 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetUUID(u uuid.UUID)

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (BlobMutation) Tx 

func (m BlobMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*BlobMutation) Type 

func (m *BlobMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Blob).

func (*BlobMutation) UUID 

func (m *BlobMutation) UUID() (r uuid.UUID, exists bool)

UUID returns the value of the "uuid" field in the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (m *BlobMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Blob)

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobMutation builder.

type BlobQuery 

type BlobQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobQuery is the builder for querying Blob entities.

func (*BlobQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BlobSelect

Aggregate returns a BlobSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*BlobQuery) All 

func (bq *BlobQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Blob, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Blobs.

func (*BlobQuery) AllX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Blob

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Clone 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Clone() *BlobQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the BlobQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*BlobQuery) Count 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*BlobQuery) CountX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Exist 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*BlobQuery) ExistX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Filter() *BlobFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the BlobQuery builder.

func (*BlobQuery) First 

func (bq *BlobQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Blob, error)

First returns the first Blob entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Blob was found.

func (*BlobQuery) FirstID 

func (bq *BlobQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Blob ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Blob ID was found.

func (*BlobQuery) FirstIDX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) FirstX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Blob

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) GroupBy 

func (bq *BlobQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *BlobGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	UUID uuid.UUID `json:"uuid,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Blob.Query().
	GroupBy(blob.FieldUUID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BlobQuery) IDs 

func (bq *BlobQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuid.UUID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Blob IDs.

func (*BlobQuery) IDsX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []uuid.UUID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Limit 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Limit(limit int) *BlobQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*BlobQuery) Offset 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Offset(offset int) *BlobQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*BlobQuery) Only 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Blob, error)

Only returns a single Blob entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Blob entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Blob entities are found.

func (*BlobQuery) OnlyID 

func (bq *BlobQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Blob ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Blob ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*BlobQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) OnlyX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Blob

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Order 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *BlobQuery

Order adds an order step to the query. 

func (bq *BlobQuery) QueryBlobLinks() *BlobLinkQuery

QueryBlobLinks chains the current query on the "blob_links" edge. 

func (bq *BlobQuery) QueryLinks() *BlobQuery

QueryLinks chains the current query on the "links" edge.

func (*BlobQuery) QueryParent 

func (bq *BlobQuery) QueryParent() *BlobQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*BlobQuery) Select 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Select(fields ...string) *BlobSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	UUID uuid.UUID `json:"uuid,omitempty"`
}

client.Blob.Query().
	Select(blob.FieldUUID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BlobQuery) Unique added in v0.8.0 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Unique(unique bool) *BlobQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*BlobQuery) Where 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Blob) *BlobQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the BlobQuery builder. 

func (bq *BlobQuery) WithBlobLinks(opts ...func(*BlobLinkQuery)) *BlobQuery

WithBlobLinks tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "blob_links" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge. 

func (bq *BlobQuery) WithLinks(opts ...func(*BlobQuery)) *BlobQuery

WithLinks tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "links" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*BlobQuery) WithParent 

func (bq *BlobQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*BlobQuery)) *BlobQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type BlobSelect 

type BlobSelect struct {
	*BlobQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Blob entities.

func (*BlobSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (bs *BlobSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BlobSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*BlobSelect) Bool 

func (s *BlobSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) BoolX 

func (s *BlobSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Bools 

func (s *BlobSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *BlobSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Float64 

func (s *BlobSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) Float64X 

func (s *BlobSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Float64s 

func (s *BlobSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *BlobSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Int 

func (s *BlobSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) IntX 

func (s *BlobSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Ints 

func (s *BlobSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) IntsX 

func (s *BlobSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Scan 

func (bs *BlobSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BlobSelect) ScanX 

func (s *BlobSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) String 

func (s *BlobSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) StringX 

func (s *BlobSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Strings 

func (s *BlobSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) StringsX 

func (s *BlobSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobUpdate 

type BlobUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobUpdate is the builder for updating Blob entities.

func (*BlobUpdate) AddCount added in v0.10.0 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) AddCount(i int) *BlobUpdate

AddCount adds i to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpdate) AddLinkIDs 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) AddLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

AddLinkIDs adds the "links" edge to the Blob entity by IDs. 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) AddLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobUpdate

AddLinks adds the "links" edges to the Blob entity. 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) ClearLinks() *BlobUpdate

ClearLinks clears all "links" edges to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdate) ClearParent 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) ClearParent() *BlobUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdate) Exec 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobUpdate) ExecX 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpdate) Mutation 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) Mutation() *BlobMutation

Mutation returns the BlobMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobUpdate) RemoveLinkIDs 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) RemoveLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

RemoveLinkIDs removes the "links" edge to Blob entities by IDs. 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) RemoveLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobUpdate

RemoveLinks removes "links" edges to Blob entities.

func (*BlobUpdate) Save 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*BlobUpdate) SaveX 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetCount added in v0.10.0 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetCount(i int) *BlobUpdate

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetNillableCount added in v0.10.0 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetNillableCount(i *int) *BlobUpdate

SetNillableCount sets the "count" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetNillableParentID 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetNillableUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetNillableUUID(u *uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

SetNillableUUID sets the "uuid" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetParent 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetParent(b *Blob) *BlobUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetParentID 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetParentID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetUUID 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetUUID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobUpdate) Where 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Blob) *BlobUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobUpdate builder.

type BlobUpdateOne 

type BlobUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) AddCount added in v0.10.0 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) AddCount(i int) *BlobUpdateOne

AddCount adds i to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) AddLinkIDs 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) AddLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

AddLinkIDs adds the "links" edge to the Blob entity by IDs. 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) AddLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobUpdateOne

AddLinks adds the "links" edges to the Blob entity. 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) ClearLinks() *BlobUpdateOne

ClearLinks clears all "links" edges to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) ClearParent 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) ClearParent() *BlobUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) Exec 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) Mutation() *BlobMutation

Mutation returns the BlobMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) RemoveLinkIDs 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) RemoveLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

RemoveLinkIDs removes the "links" edge to Blob entities by IDs. 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) RemoveLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobUpdateOne

RemoveLinks removes "links" edges to Blob entities.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) Save 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Blob, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Blob

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) Select added in v0.8.0 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *BlobUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetCount added in v0.10.0 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetCount(i int) *BlobUpdateOne

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableCount added in v0.10.0 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableCount(i *int) *BlobUpdateOne

SetNillableCount sets the "count" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableUUID(u *uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

SetNillableUUID sets the "uuid" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetParent 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetParent(b *Blob) *BlobUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetParentID 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetParentID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetUUID 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetUUID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

type BlobUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type BlobUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

BlobUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*BlobUpsert) AddCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsert) AddCount(v int) *BlobUpsert

AddCount adds v to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsert) SetCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsert) SetCount(v int) *BlobUpsert

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsert) SetUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsert) SetUUID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobUpsert

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobUpsert) UpdateCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsert) UpdateCount() *BlobUpsert

UpdateCount sets the "count" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobUpsert) UpdateUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsert) UpdateUUID() *BlobUpsert

UpdateUUID sets the "uuid" field to the value that was provided on create.

type BlobUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type BlobUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Blob nodes.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) AddCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) AddCount(v int) *BlobUpsertBulk

AddCount adds v to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *BlobUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) Ignore() *BlobUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) SetCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) SetCount(v int) *BlobUpsertBulk

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) SetUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) SetUUID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobUpsertBulk

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*BlobUpsert)) *BlobUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BlobCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateCount() *BlobUpsertBulk

UpdateCount sets the "count" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *BlobUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(blob.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateUUID() *BlobUpsertBulk

UpdateUUID sets the "uuid" field to the value that was provided on create.

type BlobUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type BlobUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Blob node.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) AddCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) AddCount(v int) *BlobUpsertOne

AddCount adds v to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) DoNothing() *BlobUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) Ignore() *BlobUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobUpsertOne) SetCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) SetCount(v int) *BlobUpsertOne

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) SetUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) SetUUID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobUpsertOne

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) Update(set func(*BlobUpsert)) *BlobUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BlobCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) UpdateCount added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) UpdateCount() *BlobUpsertOne

UpdateCount sets the "count" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *BlobUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(blob.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobUpsertOne) UpdateUUID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) UpdateUUID() *BlobUpsertOne

UpdateUUID sets the "uuid" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Blobs 

type Blobs []*Blob

Blobs is a parsable slice of Blob.

type Car 

type Car struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// BeforeID holds the value of the "before_id" field.
	BeforeID float64 `json:"before_id,omitempty"`
	// AfterID holds the value of the "after_id" field.
	AfterID float64 `json:"after_id,omitempty"`
	// Model holds the value of the "model" field.
	Model string `json:"model,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the CarQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges CarEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Car is the model entity for the Car schema.

func (*Car) QueryOwner 

func (c *Car) QueryOwner() *PetQuery

QueryOwner queries the "owner" edge of the Car entity.

func (*Car) String 

func (c *Car) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Car) Unwrap 

func (c *Car) Unwrap() *Car

Unwrap unwraps the Car entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Car) Update 

func (c *Car) Update() *CarUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Car. Note that you need to call Car.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Car was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type CarClient 

type CarClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarClient is a client for the Car schema.

func NewCarClient 

func NewCarClient(c config) *CarClient

NewCarClient returns a client for the Car from the given config.

func (*CarClient) Create 

func (c *CarClient) Create() *CarCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Car entity.

func (*CarClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *CarClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*CarCreate) *CarCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Car entities.

func (*CarClient) Delete 

func (c *CarClient) Delete() *CarDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Car.

func (*CarClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *CarClient) DeleteOne(ca *Car) *CarDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*CarClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *CarClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *CarDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*CarClient) Get 

func (c *CarClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Car, error)

Get returns a Car entity by its id.

func (*CarClient) GetX 

func (c *CarClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Car

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarClient) Hooks 

func (c *CarClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*CarClient) Query 

func (c *CarClient) Query() *CarQuery

Query returns a query builder for Car.

func (*CarClient) QueryOwner 

func (c *CarClient) QueryOwner(ca *Car) *PetQuery

QueryOwner queries the owner edge of a Car.

func (*CarClient) Update 

func (c *CarClient) Update() *CarUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Car.

func (*CarClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *CarClient) UpdateOne(ca *Car) *CarUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*CarClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *CarClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *CarUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*CarClient) Use 

func (c *CarClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `car.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type CarCreate 

type CarCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarCreate is the builder for creating a Car entity.

func (*CarCreate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (cc *CarCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarCreate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (cc *CarCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarCreate) Mutation 

func (cc *CarCreate) Mutation() *CarMutation

Mutation returns the CarMutation object of the builder.

func (*CarCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (cc *CarCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CarUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Car.Create().
	SetBeforeID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CarUpsert) {
		SetBeforeID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (cc *CarCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CarUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarCreate) Save 

func (cc *CarCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Car, error)

Save creates the Car in the database.

func (*CarCreate) SaveX 

func (cc *CarCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Car

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*CarCreate) SetAfterID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetAfterID(f float64) *CarCreate

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarCreate) SetBeforeID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetBeforeID(f float64) *CarCreate

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarCreate) SetID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetID(i int) *CarCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*CarCreate) SetModel 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetModel(s string) *CarCreate

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarCreate) SetNillableAfterID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetNillableAfterID(f *float64) *CarCreate

SetNillableAfterID sets the "after_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarCreate) SetNillableBeforeID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetNillableBeforeID(f *float64) *CarCreate

SetNillableBeforeID sets the "before_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarCreate) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetNillableOwnerID(id *string) *CarCreate

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarCreate) SetOwner 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetOwner(p *Pet) *CarCreate

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarCreate) SetOwnerID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetOwnerID(id string) *CarCreate

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

type CarCreateBulk 

type CarCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Car entities in bulk.

func (*CarCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CarUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Car.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CarUpsert) {
		SetBeforeID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CarUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarCreateBulk) Save 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Car, error)

Save creates the Car entities in the database.

func (*CarCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Car

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type CarDelete 

type CarDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarDelete is the builder for deleting a Car entity.

func (*CarDelete) Exec 

func (cd *CarDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*CarDelete) ExecX 

func (cd *CarDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarDelete) Where 

func (cd *CarDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Car) *CarDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the CarDelete builder.

type CarDeleteOne 

type CarDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Car entity.

func (*CarDeleteOne) Exec 

func (cdo *CarDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*CarDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (cdo *CarDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type CarEdges 

type CarEdges struct {
	// Owner holds the value of the owner edge.
	Owner *Pet `json:"owner,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (CarEdges) OwnerOrErr 

func (e CarEdges) OwnerOrErr() (*Pet, error)

OwnerOrErr returns the Owner value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type CarFilter added in v0.10.0 

type CarFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for CarQuery.

func (*CarFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *CarFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*CarFilter) WhereAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereAfterID(p entql.Float64P)

WhereAfterID applies the entql float64 predicate on the after_id field.

func (*CarFilter) WhereBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereBeforeID(p entql.Float64P)

WhereBeforeID applies the entql float64 predicate on the before_id field.

func (*CarFilter) WhereHasOwner added in v0.10.0 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereHasOwner()

WhereHasOwner applies a predicate to check if query has an edge owner.

func (*CarFilter) WhereHasOwnerWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereHasOwnerWith(preds ...predicate.Pet)

WhereHasOwnerWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge owner with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*CarFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereID(p entql.IntP)

WhereID applies the entql int predicate on the id field.

func (*CarFilter) WhereModel added in v0.10.0 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereModel(p entql.StringP)

WhereModel applies the entql string predicate on the model field.

type CarGroupBy 

type CarGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarGroupBy is the group-by builder for Car entities.

func (*CarGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (cgb *CarGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CarGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*CarGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Int 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Scan 

func (cgb *CarGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CarGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) String 

func (s *CarGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CarMutation 

type CarMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarMutation represents an operation that mutates the Car nodes in the graph.

func (*CarMutation) AddAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) AddAfterID(f float64)

AddAfterID adds f to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) AddBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) AddBeforeID(f float64)

AddBeforeID adds f to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) AddField 

func (m *CarMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CarMutation) AddedAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedAfterID() (r float64, exists bool)

AddedAfterID returns the value that was added to the "after_id" field in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AddedBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedBeforeID() (r float64, exists bool)

AddedBeforeID returns the value that was added to the "before_id" field in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AddedField 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) AfterID() (r float64, exists bool)

AfterID returns the value of the "after_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AfterIDCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) AfterIDCleared() bool

AfterIDCleared returns if the "after_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) BeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) BeforeID() (r float64, exists bool)

BeforeID returns the value of the "before_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) BeforeIDCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) BeforeIDCleared() bool

BeforeIDCleared returns if the "before_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) ClearAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearAfterID()

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) ClearBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearBeforeID()

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) ClearField 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) ClearOwner 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearOwner()

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (CarMutation) Client 

func (m CarMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*CarMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) Field 

func (m *CarMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) Fields 

func (m *CarMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*CarMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *CarMutation) Filter() *CarFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the CarMutation builder.

func (*CarMutation) ID 

func (m *CarMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*CarMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *CarMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) Model 

func (m *CarMutation) Model() (r string, exists bool)

Model returns the value of the "model" field in the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) OldAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) OldAfterID(ctx context.Context) (v float64, err error)

OldAfterID returns the old "after_id" field's value of the Car entity. If the Car object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CarMutation) OldBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) OldBeforeID(ctx context.Context) (v float64, err error)

OldBeforeID returns the old "before_id" field's value of the Car entity. If the Car object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CarMutation) OldField 

func (m *CarMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*CarMutation) OldModel 

func (m *CarMutation) OldModel(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldModel returns the old "model" field's value of the Car entity. If the Car object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CarMutation) Op 

func (m *CarMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*CarMutation) OwnerCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) OwnerCleared() bool

OwnerCleared reports if the "owner" edge to the Pet entity was cleared.

func (*CarMutation) OwnerID 

func (m *CarMutation) OwnerID() (id string, exists bool)

OwnerID returns the "owner" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) OwnerIDs 

func (m *CarMutation) OwnerIDs() (ids []string)

OwnerIDs returns the "owner" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use OwnerID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CarMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *CarMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *CarMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) ResetAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetAfterID()

ResetAfterID resets all changes to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) ResetBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetBeforeID()

ResetBeforeID resets all changes to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) ResetField 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) ResetModel 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetModel()

ResetModel resets all changes to the "model" field.

func (*CarMutation) ResetOwner 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetOwner()

ResetOwner resets all changes to the "owner" edge.

func (*CarMutation) SetAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) SetAfterID(f float64)

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) SetBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) SetBeforeID(f float64)

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) SetField 

func (m *CarMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CarMutation) SetID 

func (m *CarMutation) SetID(id int)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Car entities.

func (*CarMutation) SetModel 

func (m *CarMutation) SetModel(s string)

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarMutation) SetOwnerID 

func (m *CarMutation) SetOwnerID(id string)

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by id.

func (CarMutation) Tx 

func (m CarMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*CarMutation) Type 

func (m *CarMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Car).

func (*CarMutation) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (m *CarMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Car)

Where appends a list predicates to the CarMutation builder.

type CarQuery 

type CarQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarQuery is the builder for querying Car entities.

func (*CarQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (cq *CarQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CarSelect

Aggregate returns a CarSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*CarQuery) All 

func (cq *CarQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Car, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Cars.

func (*CarQuery) AllX 

func (cq *CarQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Car

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Clone 

func (cq *CarQuery) Clone() *CarQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the CarQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*CarQuery) Count 

func (cq *CarQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*CarQuery) CountX 

func (cq *CarQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Exist 

func (cq *CarQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*CarQuery) ExistX 

func (cq *CarQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (cq *CarQuery) Filter() *CarFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the CarQuery builder.

func (*CarQuery) First 

func (cq *CarQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Car, error)

First returns the first Car entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Car was found.

func (*CarQuery) FirstID 

func (cq *CarQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Car ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Car ID was found.

func (*CarQuery) FirstIDX 

func (cq *CarQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) FirstX 

func (cq *CarQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Car

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) GroupBy 

func (cq *CarQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *CarGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	BeforeID float64 `json:"before_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Car.Query().
	GroupBy(car.FieldBeforeID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CarQuery) IDs 

func (cq *CarQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Car IDs.

func (*CarQuery) IDsX 

func (cq *CarQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Limit 

func (cq *CarQuery) Limit(limit int) *CarQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*CarQuery) Offset 

func (cq *CarQuery) Offset(offset int) *CarQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*CarQuery) Only 

func (cq *CarQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Car, error)

Only returns a single Car entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Car entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Car entities are found.

func (*CarQuery) OnlyID 

func (cq *CarQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Car ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Car ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*CarQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (cq *CarQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) OnlyX 

func (cq *CarQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Car

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Order 

func (cq *CarQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *CarQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*CarQuery) QueryOwner 

func (cq *CarQuery) QueryOwner() *PetQuery

QueryOwner chains the current query on the "owner" edge.

func (*CarQuery) Select 

func (cq *CarQuery) Select(fields ...string) *CarSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	BeforeID float64 `json:"before_id,omitempty"`
}

client.Car.Query().
	Select(car.FieldBeforeID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CarQuery) Unique added in v0.8.0 

func (cq *CarQuery) Unique(unique bool) *CarQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*CarQuery) Where 

func (cq *CarQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Car) *CarQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the CarQuery builder.

func (*CarQuery) WithOwner 

func (cq *CarQuery) WithOwner(opts ...func(*PetQuery)) *CarQuery

WithOwner tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "owner" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type CarSelect 

type CarSelect struct {
	*CarQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Car entities.

func (*CarSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (cs *CarSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CarSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*CarSelect) Bool 

func (s *CarSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) BoolX 

func (s *CarSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Bools 

func (s *CarSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *CarSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Float64 

func (s *CarSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) Float64X 

func (s *CarSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Float64s 

func (s *CarSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *CarSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Int 

func (s *CarSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) IntX 

func (s *CarSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Ints 

func (s *CarSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) IntsX 

func (s *CarSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Scan 

func (cs *CarSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CarSelect) ScanX 

func (s *CarSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) String 

func (s *CarSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) StringX 

func (s *CarSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Strings 

func (s *CarSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) StringsX 

func (s *CarSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CarUpdate 

type CarUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarUpdate is the builder for updating Car entities.

func (*CarUpdate) AddAfterID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) AddAfterID(f float64) *CarUpdate

AddAfterID adds f to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) AddBeforeID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) AddBeforeID(f float64) *CarUpdate

AddBeforeID adds f to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) ClearAfterID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) ClearAfterID() *CarUpdate

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) ClearBeforeID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpdate

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) ClearOwner 

func (cu *CarUpdate) ClearOwner() *CarUpdate

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarUpdate) Exec 

func (cu *CarUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarUpdate) ExecX 

func (cu *CarUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpdate) Mutation 

func (cu *CarUpdate) Mutation() *CarMutation

Mutation returns the CarMutation object of the builder.

func (*CarUpdate) Save 

func (cu *CarUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*CarUpdate) SaveX 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpdate) SetAfterID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetAfterID(f float64) *CarUpdate

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) SetBeforeID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetBeforeID(f float64) *CarUpdate

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) SetModel 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetModel(s string) *CarUpdate

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpdate) SetNillableAfterID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetNillableAfterID(f *float64) *CarUpdate

SetNillableAfterID sets the "after_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdate) SetNillableBeforeID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetNillableBeforeID(f *float64) *CarUpdate

SetNillableBeforeID sets the "before_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdate) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetNillableOwnerID(id *string) *CarUpdate

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdate) SetOwner 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetOwner(p *Pet) *CarUpdate

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarUpdate) SetOwnerID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetOwnerID(id string) *CarUpdate

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

func (*CarUpdate) Where 

func (cu *CarUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Car) *CarUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the CarUpdate builder.

type CarUpdateOne 

type CarUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Car entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) AddAfterID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) AddAfterID(f float64) *CarUpdateOne

AddAfterID adds f to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) AddBeforeID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) AddBeforeID(f float64) *CarUpdateOne

AddBeforeID adds f to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) ClearAfterID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) ClearAfterID() *CarUpdateOne

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) ClearBeforeID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpdateOne

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) ClearOwner 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) ClearOwner() *CarUpdateOne

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) Exec 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) Mutation() *CarMutation

Mutation returns the CarMutation object of the builder.

func (*CarUpdateOne) Save 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Car, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Car entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Car

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpdateOne) Select added in v0.8.0 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *CarUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetAfterID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetAfterID(f float64) *CarUpdateOne

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetBeforeID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetBeforeID(f float64) *CarUpdateOne

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetModel 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetModel(s string) *CarUpdateOne

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetNillableAfterID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetNillableAfterID(f *float64) *CarUpdateOne

SetNillableAfterID sets the "after_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetNillableBeforeID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetNillableBeforeID(f *float64) *CarUpdateOne

SetNillableBeforeID sets the "before_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetNillableOwnerID(id *string) *CarUpdateOne

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetOwner 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetOwner(p *Pet) *CarUpdateOne

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetOwnerID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetOwnerID(id string) *CarUpdateOne

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

type CarUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type CarUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

CarUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*CarUpsert) AddAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) AddAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsert

AddAfterID adds v to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) AddBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) AddBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsert

AddBeforeID adds v to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) ClearAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) ClearAfterID() *CarUpsert

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) ClearBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpsert

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) SetAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) SetAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsert

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) SetBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) SetBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsert

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) SetModel added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) SetModel(v string) *CarUpsert

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpsert) UpdateAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) UpdateAfterID() *CarUpsert

UpdateAfterID sets the "after_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsert) UpdateBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) UpdateBeforeID() *CarUpsert

UpdateBeforeID sets the "before_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsert) UpdateModel added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsert) UpdateModel() *CarUpsert

UpdateModel sets the "model" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CarUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type CarUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Car nodes.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) AddAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) AddAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsertBulk

AddAfterID adds v to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) AddBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) AddBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsertBulk

AddBeforeID adds v to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) ClearAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) ClearAfterID() *CarUpsertBulk

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) ClearBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpsertBulk

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *CarUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) Ignore() *CarUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarUpsertBulk) SetAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) SetAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsertBulk

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) SetBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) SetBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsertBulk

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) SetModel added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) SetModel(v string) *CarUpsertBulk

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*CarUpsert)) *CarUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CarCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) UpdateAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) UpdateAfterID() *CarUpsertBulk

UpdateAfterID sets the "after_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) UpdateBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) UpdateBeforeID() *CarUpsertBulk

UpdateBeforeID sets the "before_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) UpdateModel added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) UpdateModel() *CarUpsertBulk

UpdateModel sets the "model" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *CarUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(car.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type CarUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type CarUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Car node.

func (*CarUpsertOne) AddAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) AddAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsertOne

AddAfterID adds v to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) AddBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) AddBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsertOne

AddBeforeID adds v to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) ClearAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) ClearAfterID() *CarUpsertOne

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) ClearBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpsertOne

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) DoNothing() *CarUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CarUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*CarUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) Ignore() *CarUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*CarUpsertOne) SetAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) SetAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsertOne

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) SetBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) SetBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsertOne

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) SetModel added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) SetModel(v string) *CarUpsertOne

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) Update(set func(*CarUpsert)) *CarUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CarCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CarUpsertOne) UpdateAfterID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) UpdateAfterID() *CarUpsertOne

UpdateAfterID sets the "after_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertOne) UpdateBeforeID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) UpdateBeforeID() *CarUpsertOne

UpdateBeforeID sets the "before_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertOne) UpdateModel added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) UpdateModel() *CarUpsertOne

UpdateModel sets the "model" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *CarUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(car.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Cars 

type Cars []*Car

Cars is a parsable slice of Car.

type Client 

type Client struct {

	// Schema is the client for creating, migrating and dropping schema.
	Schema *migrate.Schema
	// Account is the client for interacting with the Account builders.
	Account *AccountClient
	// Blob is the client for interacting with the Blob builders.
	Blob *BlobClient
	// BlobLink is the client for interacting with the BlobLink builders.
	BlobLink *BlobLinkClient
	// Car is the client for interacting with the Car builders.
	Car *CarClient
	// Device is the client for interacting with the Device builders.
	Device *DeviceClient
	// Doc is the client for interacting with the Doc builders.
	Doc *DocClient
	// Group is the client for interacting with the Group builders.
	Group *GroupClient
	// IntSID is the client for interacting with the IntSID builders.
	IntSID *IntSIDClient
	// Link is the client for interacting with the Link builders.
	Link *LinkClient
	// MixinID is the client for interacting with the MixinID builders.
	MixinID *MixinIDClient
	// Note is the client for interacting with the Note builders.
	Note *NoteClient
	// Other is the client for interacting with the Other builders.
	Other *OtherClient
	// Pet is the client for interacting with the Pet builders.
	Pet *PetClient
	// Revision is the client for interacting with the Revision builders.
	Revision *RevisionClient
	// Session is the client for interacting with the Session builders.
	Session *SessionClient
	// Token is the client for interacting with the Token builders.
	Token *TokenClient
	// User is the client for interacting with the User builders.
	User *UserClient
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Client is the client that holds all ent builders.

func FromContext 

func FromContext(ctx context.Context) *Client

FromContext returns a Client stored inside a context, or nil if there isn't one.

func NewClient 

func NewClient(opts ...Option) *Client

NewClient creates a new client configured with the given options.

func Open 

func Open(driverName, dataSourceName string, options ...Option) (*Client, error)

Open opens a database/sql.DB specified by the driver name and the data source name, and returns a new client attached to it. Optional parameters can be added for configuring the client.

func (*Client) BeginTx 

func (c *Client) BeginTx(ctx context.Context, opts *sql.TxOptions) (*Tx, error)

BeginTx returns a transactional client with specified options.

func (*Client) Close 

func (c *Client) Close() error

Close closes the database connection and prevents new queries from starting.

func (*Client) Debug 

func (c *Client) Debug() *Client

Debug returns a new debug-client. It's used to get verbose logging on specific operations. 

client.Debug().
	Account.
	Query().
	Count(ctx)

func (*Client) Tx 

func (c *Client) Tx(ctx context.Context) (*Tx, error)

Tx returns a new transactional client. The provided context is used until the transaction is committed or rolled back.

func (*Client) Use 

func (c *Client) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds the mutation hooks to all the entity clients. In order to add hooks to a specific client, call: `client.Node.Use(...)`.

type CommitFunc 

type CommitFunc func(context.Context, *Tx) error

The CommitFunc type is an adapter to allow the use of ordinary function as a Committer. If f is a function with the appropriate signature, CommitFunc(f) is a Committer that calls f.

func (CommitFunc) Commit 

func (f CommitFunc) Commit(ctx context.Context, tx *Tx) error

Commit calls f(ctx, m).

type CommitHook 

type CommitHook func(Committer) Committer

CommitHook defines the "commit middleware". A function that gets a Committer and returns a Committer. For example: 

hook := func(next ent.Committer) ent.Committer {
	return ent.CommitFunc(func(ctx context.Context, tx *ent.Tx) error {
		// Do some stuff before.
		if err := next.Commit(ctx, tx); err != nil {
			return err
		}
		// Do some stuff after.
		return nil
	})
}

type Committer 

type Committer interface {
	Commit(context.Context, *Tx) error
}

Committer is the interface that wraps the Commit method.

type ConstraintError 

type ConstraintError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ConstraintError returns when trying to create/update one or more entities and one or more of their constraints failed. For example, violation of edge or field uniqueness.

func (ConstraintError) Error 

func (e ConstraintError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

func (*ConstraintError) Unwrap 

func (e *ConstraintError) Unwrap() error

Unwrap implements the errors.Wrapper interface.

type Device added in v0.10.0 

type Device struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID schema.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the DeviceQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges DeviceEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Device is the model entity for the Device schema.

func (*Device) QueryActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (d *Device) QueryActiveSession() *SessionQuery

QueryActiveSession queries the "active_session" edge of the Device entity.

func (*Device) QuerySessions added in v0.10.0 

func (d *Device) QuerySessions() *SessionQuery

QuerySessions queries the "sessions" edge of the Device entity.

func (*Device) String added in v0.10.0 

func (d *Device) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Device) Unwrap added in v0.10.0 

func (d *Device) Unwrap() *Device

Unwrap unwraps the Device entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Device) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (d *Device) Update() *DeviceUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Device. Note that you need to call Device.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Device was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type DeviceClient added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceClient is a client for the Device schema.

func NewDeviceClient added in v0.10.0 

func NewDeviceClient(c config) *DeviceClient

NewDeviceClient returns a client for the Device from the given config.

func (*DeviceClient) Create added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) Create() *DeviceCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Device entity.

func (*DeviceClient) CreateBulk added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*DeviceCreate) *DeviceCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Device entities.

func (*DeviceClient) Delete added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) Delete() *DeviceDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Device.

func (*DeviceClient) DeleteOne added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) DeleteOne(d *Device) *DeviceDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*DeviceClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) DeleteOneID(id schema.ID) *DeviceDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*DeviceClient) Get added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id schema.ID) (*Device, error)

Get returns a Device entity by its id.

func (*DeviceClient) GetX added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id schema.ID) *Device

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceClient) Hooks added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*DeviceClient) Query added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) Query() *DeviceQuery

Query returns a query builder for Device.

func (*DeviceClient) QueryActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) QueryActiveSession(d *Device) *SessionQuery

QueryActiveSession queries the active_session edge of a Device.

func (*DeviceClient) QuerySessions added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) QuerySessions(d *Device) *SessionQuery

QuerySessions queries the sessions edge of a Device.

func (*DeviceClient) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) Update() *DeviceUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Device.

func (*DeviceClient) UpdateOne added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) UpdateOne(d *Device) *DeviceUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*DeviceClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) UpdateOneID(id schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*DeviceClient) Use added in v0.10.0 

func (c *DeviceClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `device.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type DeviceCreate added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceCreate is the builder for creating a Device entity.

func (*DeviceCreate) AddSessionIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) AddSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

AddSessionIDs adds the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by IDs.

func (*DeviceCreate) AddSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) AddSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceCreate

AddSessions adds the "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceCreate) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceCreate) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceCreate) Mutation added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) Mutation() *DeviceMutation

Mutation returns the DeviceMutation object of the builder.

func (*DeviceCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DeviceUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DeviceUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceCreate) Save added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Device, error)

Save creates the Device in the database.

func (*DeviceCreate) SaveX added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Device

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetActiveSession(s *Session) *DeviceCreate

SetActiveSession sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetActiveSessionID added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetActiveSessionID(id schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

SetActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetID added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetID(s schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetNillableActiveSessionID added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetNillableActiveSessionID(id *schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

SetNillableActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetNillableID(s *schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type DeviceCreateBulk added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Device entities in bulk.

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DeviceUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Device.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DeviceUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) Save added in v0.10.0 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Device, error)

Save creates the Device entities in the database.

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.10.0 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Device

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type DeviceDelete added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceDelete is the builder for deleting a Device entity.

func (*DeviceDelete) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (dd *DeviceDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*DeviceDelete) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (dd *DeviceDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceDelete) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (dd *DeviceDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Device) *DeviceDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the DeviceDelete builder.

type DeviceDeleteOne added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Device entity.

func (*DeviceDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (ddo *DeviceDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*DeviceDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (ddo *DeviceDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type DeviceEdges added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceEdges struct {
	// ActiveSession holds the value of the active_session edge.
	ActiveSession *Session `json:"active_session,omitempty"`
	// Sessions holds the value of the sessions edge.
	Sessions []*Session `json:"sessions,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (DeviceEdges) ActiveSessionOrErr added in v0.10.0 

func (e DeviceEdges) ActiveSessionOrErr() (*Session, error)

ActiveSessionOrErr returns the ActiveSession value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (DeviceEdges) SessionsOrErr added in v0.10.0 

func (e DeviceEdges) SessionsOrErr() ([]*Session, error)

SessionsOrErr returns the Sessions value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type DeviceFilter added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for DeviceQuery.

func (*DeviceFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DeviceFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereHasActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereHasActiveSession()

WhereHasActiveSession applies a predicate to check if query has an edge active_session.

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereHasActiveSessionWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereHasActiveSessionWith(preds ...predicate.Session)

WhereHasActiveSessionWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge active_session with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereHasSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereHasSessions()

WhereHasSessions applies a predicate to check if query has an edge sessions.

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereHasSessionsWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereHasSessionsWith(preds ...predicate.Session)

WhereHasSessionsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge sessions with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereID(p entql.BytesP)

WhereID applies the entql []byte predicate on the id field.

type DeviceGroupBy added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceGroupBy is the group-by builder for Device entities.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.10.0 

func (dgb *DeviceGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DeviceGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Bool added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Bools added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Int added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) IntX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Ints added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Scan added in v0.10.0 

func (dgb *DeviceGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) StringX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Strings added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DeviceMutation added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceMutation represents an operation that mutates the Device nodes in the graph.

func (*DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionCleared added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionCleared() bool

ActiveSessionCleared reports if the "active_session" edge to the Session entity was cleared.

func (*DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionID added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionID() (id schema.ID, exists bool)

ActiveSessionID returns the "active_session" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionIDs() (ids []schema.ID)

ActiveSessionIDs returns the "active_session" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ActiveSessionID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddSessionIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID)

AddSessionIDs adds the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by ids.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddedField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddedFields added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearActiveSession()

ClearActiveSession clears the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearSessions()

ClearSessions clears the "sessions" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (DeviceMutation) Client added in v0.10.0 

func (m DeviceMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*DeviceMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) Field added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) Fields added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*DeviceMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Filter() *DeviceFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the DeviceMutation builder.

func (*DeviceMutation) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ID() (id schema.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*DeviceMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) OldField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*DeviceMutation) Op added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*DeviceMutation) RemoveSessionIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) RemoveSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID)

RemoveSessionIDs removes the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by IDs.

func (*DeviceMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) RemovedSessionsIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) RemovedSessionsIDs() (ids []schema.ID)

RemovedSessions returns the removed IDs of the "sessions" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceMutation) ResetActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ResetActiveSession()

ResetActiveSession resets all changes to the "active_session" edge.

func (*DeviceMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) ResetField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) ResetSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ResetSessions()

ResetSessions resets all changes to the "sessions" edge.

func (*DeviceMutation) SessionsCleared added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SessionsCleared() bool

SessionsCleared reports if the "sessions" edge to the Session entity was cleared.

func (*DeviceMutation) SessionsIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SessionsIDs() (ids []schema.ID)

SessionsIDs returns the "sessions" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) SetActiveSessionID added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SetActiveSessionID(id schema.ID)

SetActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by id.

func (*DeviceMutation) SetField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DeviceMutation) SetID added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SetID(id schema.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Device entities.

func (DeviceMutation) Tx added in v0.10.0 

func (m DeviceMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*DeviceMutation) Type added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Device).

func (*DeviceMutation) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Device)

Where appends a list predicates to the DeviceMutation builder.

type DeviceQuery added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceQuery is the builder for querying Device entities.

func (*DeviceQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DeviceSelect

Aggregate returns a DeviceSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*DeviceQuery) All added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Device, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Devices.

func (*DeviceQuery) AllX added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Device

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Clone added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Clone() *DeviceQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the DeviceQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*DeviceQuery) Count added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*DeviceQuery) CountX added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Exist added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*DeviceQuery) ExistX added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Filter() *DeviceFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the DeviceQuery builder.

func (*DeviceQuery) First added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Device, error)

First returns the first Device entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Device was found.

func (*DeviceQuery) FirstID added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Device ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Device ID was found.

func (*DeviceQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) FirstX added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Device

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) GroupBy added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *DeviceGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*DeviceQuery) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Device IDs.

func (*DeviceQuery) IDsX added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []schema.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Limit added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Limit(limit int) *DeviceQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*DeviceQuery) Offset added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Offset(offset int) *DeviceQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*DeviceQuery) Only added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Device, error)

Only returns a single Device entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Device entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Device entities are found.

func (*DeviceQuery) OnlyID added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Device ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Device ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*DeviceQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) OnlyX added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Device

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Order added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *DeviceQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*DeviceQuery) QueryActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) QueryActiveSession() *SessionQuery

QueryActiveSession chains the current query on the "active_session" edge.

func (*DeviceQuery) QuerySessions added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) QuerySessions() *SessionQuery

QuerySessions chains the current query on the "sessions" edge.

func (*DeviceQuery) Select added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Select(fields ...string) *DeviceSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*DeviceQuery) Unique added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Unique(unique bool) *DeviceQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*DeviceQuery) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Device) *DeviceQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the DeviceQuery builder.

func (*DeviceQuery) WithActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) WithActiveSession(opts ...func(*SessionQuery)) *DeviceQuery

WithActiveSession tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "active_session" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*DeviceQuery) WithSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) WithSessions(opts ...func(*SessionQuery)) *DeviceQuery

WithSessions tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "sessions" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type DeviceSelect added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceSelect struct {
	*DeviceQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Device entities.

func (*DeviceSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (ds *DeviceSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DeviceSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*DeviceSelect) Bool added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) BoolX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Bools added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) BoolsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Float64 added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) Float64X added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Float64s added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) Float64sX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Int added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) IntX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Ints added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) IntsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Scan added in v0.10.0 

func (ds *DeviceSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DeviceSelect) ScanX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) StringX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Strings added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) StringsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DeviceSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DeviceUpdate added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceUpdate is the builder for updating Device entities.

func (*DeviceUpdate) AddSessionIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) AddSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceUpdate

AddSessionIDs adds the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by IDs.

func (*DeviceUpdate) AddSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) AddSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceUpdate

AddSessions adds the "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdate) ClearActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) ClearActiveSession() *DeviceUpdate

ClearActiveSession clears the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdate) ClearSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) ClearSessions() *DeviceUpdate

ClearSessions clears all "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdate) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceUpdate) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpdate) Mutation added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) Mutation() *DeviceMutation

Mutation returns the DeviceMutation object of the builder.

func (*DeviceUpdate) RemoveSessionIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) RemoveSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceUpdate

RemoveSessionIDs removes the "sessions" edge to Session entities by IDs.

func (*DeviceUpdate) RemoveSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) RemoveSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceUpdate

RemoveSessions removes "sessions" edges to Session entities.

func (*DeviceUpdate) Save added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*DeviceUpdate) SaveX added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpdate) SetActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) SetActiveSession(s *Session) *DeviceUpdate

SetActiveSession sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdate) SetActiveSessionID added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) SetActiveSessionID(id schema.ID) *DeviceUpdate

SetActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID.

func (*DeviceUpdate) SetNillableActiveSessionID added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) SetNillableActiveSessionID(id *schema.ID) *DeviceUpdate

SetNillableActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DeviceUpdate) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Device) *DeviceUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the DeviceUpdate builder.

type DeviceUpdateOne added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Device entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) AddSessionIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) AddSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

AddSessionIDs adds the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by IDs.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) AddSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) AddSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceUpdateOne

AddSessions adds the "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) ClearActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) ClearActiveSession() *DeviceUpdateOne

ClearActiveSession clears the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) ClearSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) ClearSessions() *DeviceUpdateOne

ClearSessions clears all "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) Mutation() *DeviceMutation

Mutation returns the DeviceMutation object of the builder.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) RemoveSessionIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) RemoveSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

RemoveSessionIDs removes the "sessions" edge to Session entities by IDs.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) RemoveSessions added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) RemoveSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceUpdateOne

RemoveSessions removes "sessions" edges to Session entities.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) Save added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Device, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Device entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Device

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) Select added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *DeviceUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) SetActiveSession added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) SetActiveSession(s *Session) *DeviceUpdateOne

SetActiveSession sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) SetActiveSessionID added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) SetActiveSessionID(id schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

SetActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) SetNillableActiveSessionID added in v0.10.0 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) SetNillableActiveSessionID(id *schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

SetNillableActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

type DeviceUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

DeviceUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type DeviceUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Device nodes.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *DeviceUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) Ignore() *DeviceUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*DeviceUpsert)) *DeviceUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DeviceCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *DeviceUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(device.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type DeviceUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type DeviceUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Device node.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) DoNothing() *DeviceUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) Ignore() *DeviceUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) Update(set func(*DeviceUpsert)) *DeviceUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DeviceCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *DeviceUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(device.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Devices added in v0.10.0 

type Devices []*Device

Devices is a parsable slice of Device.

type Doc added in v0.9.0 

type Doc struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID schema.DocID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Text holds the value of the "text" field.
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the DocQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges DocEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Doc is the model entity for the Doc schema.

func (*Doc) QueryChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (d *Doc) QueryChildren() *DocQuery

QueryChildren queries the "children" edge of the Doc entity.

func (*Doc) QueryParent added in v0.9.0 

func (d *Doc) QueryParent() *DocQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the Doc entity.

func (*Doc) QueryRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (d *Doc) QueryRelated() *DocQuery

QueryRelated queries the "related" edge of the Doc entity.

func (*Doc) String added in v0.9.0 

func (d *Doc) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Doc) Unwrap added in v0.9.0 

func (d *Doc) Unwrap() *Doc

Unwrap unwraps the Doc entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Doc) Update added in v0.9.0 

func (d *Doc) Update() *DocUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Doc. Note that you need to call Doc.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Doc was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type DocClient added in v0.9.0 

type DocClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocClient is a client for the Doc schema.

func NewDocClient added in v0.9.0 

func NewDocClient(c config) *DocClient

NewDocClient returns a client for the Doc from the given config.

func (*DocClient) Create added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) Create() *DocCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Doc entity.

func (*DocClient) CreateBulk added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*DocCreate) *DocCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Doc entities.

func (*DocClient) Delete added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) Delete() *DocDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Doc.

func (*DocClient) DeleteOne added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) DeleteOne(d *Doc) *DocDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*DocClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) DeleteOneID(id schema.DocID) *DocDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*DocClient) Get added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id schema.DocID) (*Doc, error)

Get returns a Doc entity by its id.

func (*DocClient) GetX added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id schema.DocID) *Doc

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocClient) Hooks added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*DocClient) Query added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) Query() *DocQuery

Query returns a query builder for Doc.

func (*DocClient) QueryChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) QueryChildren(d *Doc) *DocQuery

QueryChildren queries the children edge of a Doc.

func (*DocClient) QueryParent added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) QueryParent(d *Doc) *DocQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a Doc.

func (*DocClient) QueryRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (c *DocClient) QueryRelated(d *Doc) *DocQuery

QueryRelated queries the related edge of a Doc.

func (*DocClient) Update added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) Update() *DocUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Doc.

func (*DocClient) UpdateOne added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) UpdateOne(d *Doc) *DocUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*DocClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) UpdateOneID(id schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*DocClient) Use added in v0.9.0 

func (c *DocClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `doc.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type DocCreate added in v0.9.0 

type DocCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocCreate is the builder for creating a Doc entity.

func (*DocCreate) AddChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocCreate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocCreate) AddChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) AddChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocCreate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocCreate) AddRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (dc *DocCreate) AddRelated(d ...*Doc) *DocCreate

AddRelated adds the "related" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocCreate) AddRelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (dc *DocCreate) AddRelatedIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocCreate

AddRelatedIDs adds the "related" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocCreate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocCreate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocCreate) Mutation added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) Mutation() *DocMutation

Mutation returns the DocMutation object of the builder.

func (*DocCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DocUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Doc.Create().
	SetText(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.DocUpsert) {
		SetText(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DocUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocCreate) Save added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Doc, error)

Save creates the Doc in the database.

func (*DocCreate) SaveX added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Doc

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*DocCreate) SetID added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetID(si schema.DocID) *DocCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*DocCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetNillableID(si *schema.DocID) *DocCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocCreate) SetNillableParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.DocID) *DocCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocCreate) SetNillableText added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetNillableText(s *string) *DocCreate

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocCreate) SetParent added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetParent(d *Doc) *DocCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocCreate) SetParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetParentID(id schema.DocID) *DocCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID.

func (*DocCreate) SetText added in v0.9.0 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetText(s string) *DocCreate

SetText sets the "text" field.

type DocCreateBulk added in v0.9.0 

type DocCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Doc entities in bulk.

func (*DocCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DocUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Doc.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.DocUpsert) {
		SetText(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DocUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocCreateBulk) Save added in v0.9.0 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Doc, error)

Save creates the Doc entities in the database.

func (*DocCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.9.0 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Doc

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type DocDelete added in v0.9.0 

type DocDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocDelete is the builder for deleting a Doc entity.

func (*DocDelete) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (dd *DocDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*DocDelete) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (dd *DocDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocDelete) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (dd *DocDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Doc) *DocDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the DocDelete builder.

type DocDeleteOne added in v0.9.0 

type DocDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Doc entity.

func (*DocDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (ddo *DocDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*DocDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (ddo *DocDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type DocEdges added in v0.9.0 

type DocEdges struct {
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *Doc `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Children holds the value of the children edge.
	Children []*Doc `json:"children,omitempty"`
	// Related holds the value of the related edge.
	Related []*Doc `json:"related,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (DocEdges) ChildrenOrErr added in v0.9.0 

func (e DocEdges) ChildrenOrErr() ([]*Doc, error)

ChildrenOrErr returns the Children value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (DocEdges) ParentOrErr added in v0.9.0 

func (e DocEdges) ParentOrErr() (*Doc, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (DocEdges) RelatedOrErr added in v0.11.2 

func (e DocEdges) RelatedOrErr() ([]*Doc, error)

RelatedOrErr returns the Related value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type DocFilter added in v0.10.0 

type DocFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for DocQuery.

func (*DocFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DocFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasChildren added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasChildren()

WhereHasChildren applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children.

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith(preds ...predicate.Doc)

WhereHasChildrenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasParent added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasParentWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.Doc)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasRelated()

WhereHasRelated applies a predicate to check if query has an edge related.

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasRelatedWith added in v0.11.2 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasRelatedWith(preds ...predicate.Doc)

WhereHasRelatedWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge related with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DocFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereID(p entql.StringP)

WhereID applies the entql string predicate on the id field.

func (*DocFilter) WhereText added in v0.10.0 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereText(p entql.StringP)

WhereText applies the entql string predicate on the text field.

type DocGroupBy added in v0.9.0 

type DocGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocGroupBy is the group-by builder for Doc entities.

func (*DocGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.9.0 

func (dgb *DocGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DocGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*DocGroupBy) Bool added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Bools added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Int added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) IntX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Ints added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Scan added in v0.9.0 

func (dgb *DocGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DocGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) StringX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Strings added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DocMutation added in v0.9.0 

type DocMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocMutation represents an operation that mutates the Doc nodes in the graph.

func (*DocMutation) AddChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID)

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Doc entity by ids.

func (*DocMutation) AddField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DocMutation) AddRelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (m *DocMutation) AddRelatedIDs(ids ...schema.DocID)

AddRelatedIDs adds the "related" edge to the Doc entity by ids.

func (*DocMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) AddedField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) AddedFields added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ChildrenCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ChildrenCleared() bool

ChildrenCleared reports if the "children" edge to the Doc entity was cleared.

func (*DocMutation) ChildrenIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ChildrenIDs() (ids []schema.DocID)

ChildrenIDs returns the "children" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ClearChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearChildren()

ClearChildren clears the "children" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) ClearField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) ClearParent added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocMutation) ClearRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearRelated()

ClearRelated clears the "related" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocMutation) ClearText added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearText()

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (DocMutation) Client added in v0.9.0 

func (m DocMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*DocMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) Field added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) Fields added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*DocMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DocMutation) Filter() *DocFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the DocMutation builder.

func (*DocMutation) ID added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ID() (id schema.DocID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*DocMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *DocMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.DocID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) OldField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*DocMutation) OldText added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) OldText(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldText returns the old "text" field's value of the Doc entity. If the Doc object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DocMutation) Op added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*DocMutation) ParentCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the Doc entity was cleared.

func (*DocMutation) ParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ParentID() (id schema.DocID, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ParentIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []schema.DocID)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*DocMutation) RelatedCleared added in v0.11.2 

func (m *DocMutation) RelatedCleared() bool

RelatedCleared reports if the "related" edge to the Doc entity was cleared.

func (*DocMutation) RelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (m *DocMutation) RelatedIDs() (ids []schema.DocID)

RelatedIDs returns the "related" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID)

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocMutation) RemoveRelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (m *DocMutation) RemoveRelatedIDs(ids ...schema.DocID)

RemoveRelatedIDs removes the "related" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs() (ids []schema.DocID)

RemovedChildren returns the removed IDs of the "children" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) RemovedRelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (m *DocMutation) RemovedRelatedIDs() (ids []schema.DocID)

RemovedRelated returns the removed IDs of the "related" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocMutation) ResetChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetChildren()

ResetChildren resets all changes to the "children" edge.

func (*DocMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) ResetField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) ResetParent added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*DocMutation) ResetRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetRelated()

ResetRelated resets all changes to the "related" edge.

func (*DocMutation) ResetText added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetText()

ResetText resets all changes to the "text" field.

func (*DocMutation) SetField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DocMutation) SetID added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) SetID(id schema.DocID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Doc entities.

func (*DocMutation) SetParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) SetParentID(id schema.DocID)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by id.

func (*DocMutation) SetText added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) SetText(s string)

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocMutation) Text added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) Text() (r string, exists bool)

Text returns the value of the "text" field in the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) TextCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) TextCleared() bool

TextCleared returns if the "text" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (DocMutation) Tx added in v0.9.0 

func (m DocMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*DocMutation) Type added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Doc).

func (*DocMutation) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (m *DocMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Doc)

Where appends a list predicates to the DocMutation builder.

type DocQuery added in v0.9.0 

type DocQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocQuery is the builder for querying Doc entities.

func (*DocQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (dq *DocQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DocSelect

Aggregate returns a DocSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*DocQuery) All added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Doc, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Docs.

func (*DocQuery) AllX added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Doc

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Clone added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Clone() *DocQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the DocQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*DocQuery) Count added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*DocQuery) CountX added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Exist added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*DocQuery) ExistX added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Filter() *DocFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the DocQuery builder.

func (*DocQuery) First added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Doc, error)

First returns the first Doc entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Doc was found.

func (*DocQuery) FirstID added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.DocID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Doc ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Doc ID was found.

func (*DocQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.DocID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) FirstX added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Doc

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) GroupBy added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *DocGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Doc.Query().
	GroupBy(doc.FieldText).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*DocQuery) IDs added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.DocID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Doc IDs.

func (*DocQuery) IDsX added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []schema.DocID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Limit added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Limit(limit int) *DocQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*DocQuery) Offset added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Offset(offset int) *DocQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*DocQuery) Only added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Doc, error)

Only returns a single Doc entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Doc entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Doc entities are found.

func (*DocQuery) OnlyID added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.DocID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Doc ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Doc ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*DocQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.DocID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) OnlyX added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Doc

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Order added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *DocQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*DocQuery) QueryChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) QueryChildren() *DocQuery

QueryChildren chains the current query on the "children" edge.

func (*DocQuery) QueryParent added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) QueryParent() *DocQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*DocQuery) QueryRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (dq *DocQuery) QueryRelated() *DocQuery

QueryRelated chains the current query on the "related" edge.

func (*DocQuery) Select added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Select(fields ...string) *DocSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
}

client.Doc.Query().
	Select(doc.FieldText).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*DocQuery) Unique added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Unique(unique bool) *DocQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*DocQuery) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Doc) *DocQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the DocQuery builder.

func (*DocQuery) WithChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) WithChildren(opts ...func(*DocQuery)) *DocQuery

WithChildren tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "children" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*DocQuery) WithParent added in v0.9.0 

func (dq *DocQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*DocQuery)) *DocQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*DocQuery) WithRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (dq *DocQuery) WithRelated(opts ...func(*DocQuery)) *DocQuery

WithRelated tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "related" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type DocSelect added in v0.9.0 

type DocSelect struct {
	*DocQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Doc entities.

func (*DocSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (ds *DocSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DocSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*DocSelect) Bool added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) BoolX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Bools added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) BoolsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Float64 added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) Float64X added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Float64s added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) Float64sX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Int added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) IntX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Ints added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) IntsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Scan added in v0.9.0 

func (ds *DocSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DocSelect) ScanX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) StringX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Strings added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) StringsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DocSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DocUpdate added in v0.9.0 

type DocUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocUpdate is the builder for updating Doc entities.

func (*DocUpdate) AddChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocUpdate) AddChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) AddChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) AddRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (du *DocUpdate) AddRelated(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdate

AddRelated adds the "related" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) AddRelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (du *DocUpdate) AddRelatedIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

AddRelatedIDs adds the "related" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocUpdate) ClearChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) ClearChildren() *DocUpdate

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) ClearParent added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) ClearParent() *DocUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) ClearRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (du *DocUpdate) ClearRelated() *DocUpdate

ClearRelated clears all "related" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) ClearText added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) ClearText() *DocUpdate

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpdate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocUpdate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpdate) Mutation added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) Mutation() *DocMutation

Mutation returns the DocMutation object of the builder.

func (*DocUpdate) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to Doc entities by IDs.

func (*DocUpdate) RemoveChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) RemoveChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdate

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to Doc entities.

func (*DocUpdate) RemoveRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (du *DocUpdate) RemoveRelated(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdate

RemoveRelated removes "related" edges to Doc entities.

func (*DocUpdate) RemoveRelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (du *DocUpdate) RemoveRelatedIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

RemoveRelatedIDs removes the "related" edge to Doc entities by IDs.

func (*DocUpdate) Save added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*DocUpdate) SaveX added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpdate) SetNillableParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocUpdate) SetNillableText added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetNillableText(s *string) *DocUpdate

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocUpdate) SetParent added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetParent(d *Doc) *DocUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) SetParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetParentID(id schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID.

func (*DocUpdate) SetText added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetText(s string) *DocUpdate

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocUpdate) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (du *DocUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Doc) *DocUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the DocUpdate builder.

type DocUpdateOne added in v0.9.0 

type DocUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) AddChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) AddChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) AddChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdateOne

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) AddRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) AddRelated(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdateOne

AddRelated adds the "related" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) AddRelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) AddRelatedIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

AddRelatedIDs adds the "related" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ClearChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ClearChildren() *DocUpdateOne

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ClearParent added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ClearParent() *DocUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ClearRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ClearRelated() *DocUpdateOne

ClearRelated clears all "related" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ClearText added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ClearText() *DocUpdateOne

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) Mutation() *DocMutation

Mutation returns the DocMutation object of the builder.

func (*DocUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to Doc entities by IDs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) RemoveChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) RemoveChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdateOne

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to Doc entities.

func (*DocUpdateOne) RemoveRelated added in v0.11.2 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) RemoveRelated(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdateOne

RemoveRelated removes "related" edges to Doc entities.

func (*DocUpdateOne) RemoveRelatedIDs added in v0.11.2 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) RemoveRelatedIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

RemoveRelatedIDs removes the "related" edge to Doc entities by IDs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) Save added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Doc, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Doc

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) Select added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *DocUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetNillableText added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetNillableText(s *string) *DocUpdateOne

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetParent added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetParent(d *Doc) *DocUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetParentID(id schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetText added in v0.9.0 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetText(s string) *DocUpdateOne

SetText sets the "text" field.

type DocUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type DocUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

DocUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*DocUpsert) ClearText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsert) ClearText() *DocUpsert

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsert) SetText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsert) SetText(v string) *DocUpsert

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsert) UpdateText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsert) UpdateText() *DocUpsert

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type DocUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type DocUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Doc nodes.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) ClearText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) ClearText() *DocUpsertBulk

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *DocUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) Ignore() *DocUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocUpsertBulk) SetText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) SetText(v string) *DocUpsertBulk

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*DocUpsert)) *DocUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DocCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *DocUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(doc.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocUpsertBulk) UpdateText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) UpdateText() *DocUpsertBulk

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type DocUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type DocUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Doc node.

func (*DocUpsertOne) ClearText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) ClearText() *DocUpsertOne

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) DoNothing() *DocUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DocUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.DocID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*DocUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) schema.DocID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) Ignore() *DocUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*DocUpsertOne) SetText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) SetText(v string) *DocUpsertOne

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) Update(set func(*DocUpsert)) *DocUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DocCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DocUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *DocUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(doc.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocUpsertOne) UpdateText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) UpdateText() *DocUpsertOne

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Docs added in v0.9.0 

type Docs []*Doc

Docs is a parsable slice of Doc.

type Group 

type Group struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"oid,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the GroupQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges GroupEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Group is the model entity for the Group schema.

func (*Group) QueryUsers 

func (gr *Group) QueryUsers() *UserQuery

QueryUsers queries the "users" edge of the Group entity.

func (*Group) String 

func (gr *Group) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Group) Unwrap 

func (gr *Group) Unwrap() *Group

Unwrap unwraps the Group entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Group) Update 

func (gr *Group) Update() *GroupUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Group. Note that you need to call Group.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Group was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type GroupClient 

type GroupClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupClient is a client for the Group schema.

func NewGroupClient 

func NewGroupClient(c config) *GroupClient

NewGroupClient returns a client for the Group from the given config.

func (*GroupClient) Create 

func (c *GroupClient) Create() *GroupCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Group entity.

func (*GroupClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *GroupClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*GroupCreate) *GroupCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Group entities.

func (*GroupClient) Delete 

func (c *GroupClient) Delete() *GroupDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Group.

func (*GroupClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *GroupClient) DeleteOne(gr *Group) *GroupDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*GroupClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *GroupClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *GroupDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*GroupClient) Get 

func (c *GroupClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Group, error)

Get returns a Group entity by its id.

func (*GroupClient) GetX 

func (c *GroupClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Group

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupClient) Hooks 

func (c *GroupClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*GroupClient) Query 

func (c *GroupClient) Query() *GroupQuery

Query returns a query builder for Group.

func (*GroupClient) QueryUsers 

func (c *GroupClient) QueryUsers(gr *Group) *UserQuery

QueryUsers queries the users edge of a Group.

func (*GroupClient) Update 

func (c *GroupClient) Update() *GroupUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Group.

func (*GroupClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *GroupClient) UpdateOne(gr *Group) *GroupUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*GroupClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *GroupClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *GroupUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*GroupClient) Use 

func (c *GroupClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `group.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type GroupCreate 

type GroupCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupCreate is the builder for creating a Group entity.

func (*GroupCreate) AddUserIDs 

func (gc *GroupCreate) AddUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupCreate

AddUserIDs adds the "users" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*GroupCreate) AddUsers 

func (gc *GroupCreate) AddUsers(u ...*User) *GroupCreate

AddUsers adds the "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupCreate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (gc *GroupCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupCreate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (gc *GroupCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupCreate) Mutation 

func (gc *GroupCreate) Mutation() *GroupMutation

Mutation returns the GroupMutation object of the builder.

func (*GroupCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (gc *GroupCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *GroupUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (gc *GroupCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *GroupUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupCreate) Save 

func (gc *GroupCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Group, error)

Save creates the Group in the database.

func (*GroupCreate) SaveX 

func (gc *GroupCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Group

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*GroupCreate) SetID 

func (gc *GroupCreate) SetID(i int) *GroupCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

type GroupCreateBulk 

type GroupCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Group entities in bulk.

func (*GroupCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *GroupUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Group.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *GroupUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupCreateBulk) Save 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Group, error)

Save creates the Group entities in the database.

func (*GroupCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Group

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type GroupDelete 

type GroupDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupDelete is the builder for deleting a Group entity.

func (*GroupDelete) Exec 

func (gd *GroupDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*GroupDelete) ExecX 

func (gd *GroupDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupDelete) Where 

func (gd *GroupDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Group) *GroupDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the GroupDelete builder.

type GroupDeleteOne 

type GroupDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Group entity.

func (*GroupDeleteOne) Exec 

func (gdo *GroupDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*GroupDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (gdo *GroupDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type GroupEdges 

type GroupEdges struct {
	// Users holds the value of the users edge.
	Users []*User `json:"users,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (GroupEdges) UsersOrErr 

func (e GroupEdges) UsersOrErr() ([]*User, error)

UsersOrErr returns the Users value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type GroupFilter added in v0.10.0 

type GroupFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for GroupQuery.

func (*GroupFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *GroupFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*GroupFilter) WhereHasUsers added in v0.10.0 

func (f *GroupFilter) WhereHasUsers()

WhereHasUsers applies a predicate to check if query has an edge users.

func (*GroupFilter) WhereHasUsersWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *GroupFilter) WhereHasUsersWith(preds ...predicate.User)

WhereHasUsersWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge users with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*GroupFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *GroupFilter) WhereID(p entql.IntP)

WhereID applies the entql int predicate on the id field.

type GroupGroupBy 

type GroupGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupGroupBy is the group-by builder for Group entities.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ggb *GroupGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *GroupGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Int 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Scan 

func (ggb *GroupGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*GroupGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) String 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type GroupMutation 

type GroupMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupMutation represents an operation that mutates the Group nodes in the graph.

func (*GroupMutation) AddField 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*GroupMutation) AddUserIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddUserIDs(ids ...int)

AddUserIDs adds the "users" edge to the User entity by ids.

func (*GroupMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) AddedField 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearField 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearUsers 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearUsers()

ClearUsers clears the "users" edge to the User entity.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (GroupMutation) Client 

func (m GroupMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*GroupMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *GroupMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) Field 

func (m *GroupMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *GroupMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) Fields 

func (m *GroupMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*GroupMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *GroupMutation) Filter() *GroupFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the GroupMutation builder.

func (*GroupMutation) ID 

func (m *GroupMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*GroupMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *GroupMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) OldField 

func (m *GroupMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*GroupMutation) Op 

func (m *GroupMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*GroupMutation) RemoveUserIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) RemoveUserIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveUserIDs removes the "users" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*GroupMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *GroupMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) RemovedUsersIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) RemovedUsersIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedUsers returns the removed IDs of the "users" edge to the User entity.

func (*GroupMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *GroupMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) ResetField 

func (m *GroupMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) ResetUsers 

func (m *GroupMutation) ResetUsers()

ResetUsers resets all changes to the "users" edge.

func (*GroupMutation) SetField 

func (m *GroupMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*GroupMutation) SetID 

func (m *GroupMutation) SetID(id int)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Group entities.

func (GroupMutation) Tx 

func (m GroupMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*GroupMutation) Type 

func (m *GroupMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Group).

func (*GroupMutation) UsersCleared 

func (m *GroupMutation) UsersCleared() bool

UsersCleared reports if the "users" edge to the User entity was cleared.

func (*GroupMutation) UsersIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) UsersIDs() (ids []int)

UsersIDs returns the "users" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (m *GroupMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Group)

Where appends a list predicates to the GroupMutation builder.

type GroupQuery 

type GroupQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupQuery is the builder for querying Group entities.

func (*GroupQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *GroupSelect

Aggregate returns a GroupSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*GroupQuery) All 

func (gq *GroupQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Group, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Groups.

func (*GroupQuery) AllX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Group

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Clone 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Clone() *GroupQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the GroupQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*GroupQuery) Count 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*GroupQuery) CountX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Exist 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*GroupQuery) ExistX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Filter() *GroupFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the GroupQuery builder.

func (*GroupQuery) First 

func (gq *GroupQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Group, error)

First returns the first Group entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Group was found.

func (*GroupQuery) FirstID 

func (gq *GroupQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Group ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Group ID was found.

func (*GroupQuery) FirstIDX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) FirstX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Group

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) GroupBy 

func (gq *GroupQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *GroupGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*GroupQuery) IDs 

func (gq *GroupQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Group IDs.

func (*GroupQuery) IDsX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Limit 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Limit(limit int) *GroupQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*GroupQuery) Offset 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Offset(offset int) *GroupQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*GroupQuery) Only 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Group, error)

Only returns a single Group entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Group entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Group entities are found.

func (*GroupQuery) OnlyID 

func (gq *GroupQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Group ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Group ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*GroupQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) OnlyX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Group

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Order 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *GroupQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*GroupQuery) QueryUsers 

func (gq *GroupQuery) QueryUsers() *UserQuery

QueryUsers chains the current query on the "users" edge.

func (*GroupQuery) Select 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Select(fields ...string) *GroupSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*GroupQuery) Unique added in v0.8.0 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Unique(unique bool) *GroupQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*GroupQuery) Where 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Group) *GroupQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the GroupQuery builder.

func (*GroupQuery) WithUsers 

func (gq *GroupQuery) WithUsers(opts ...func(*UserQuery)) *GroupQuery

WithUsers tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "users" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type GroupSelect 

type GroupSelect struct {
	*GroupQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Group entities.

func (*GroupSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (gs *GroupSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *GroupSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*GroupSelect) Bool 

func (s *GroupSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) BoolX 

func (s *GroupSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Bools 

func (s *GroupSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *GroupSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Float64 

func (s *GroupSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) Float64X 

func (s *GroupSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Float64s 

func (s *GroupSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *GroupSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Int 

func (s *GroupSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) IntX 

func (s *GroupSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Ints 

func (s *GroupSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) IntsX 

func (s *GroupSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Scan 

func (gs *GroupSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*GroupSelect) ScanX 

func (s *GroupSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) String 

func (s *GroupSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) StringX 

func (s *GroupSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Strings 

func (s *GroupSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) StringsX 

func (s *GroupSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type GroupUpdate 

type GroupUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupUpdate is the builder for updating Group entities.

func (*GroupUpdate) AddUserIDs 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) AddUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupUpdate

AddUserIDs adds the "users" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*GroupUpdate) AddUsers 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) AddUsers(u ...*User) *GroupUpdate

AddUsers adds the "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupUpdate) ClearUsers 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) ClearUsers() *GroupUpdate

ClearUsers clears all "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupUpdate) Exec 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupUpdate) ExecX 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpdate) Mutation 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) Mutation() *GroupMutation

Mutation returns the GroupMutation object of the builder.

func (*GroupUpdate) RemoveUserIDs 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) RemoveUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupUpdate

RemoveUserIDs removes the "users" edge to User entities by IDs.

func (*GroupUpdate) RemoveUsers 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) RemoveUsers(u ...*User) *GroupUpdate

RemoveUsers removes "users" edges to User entities.

func (*GroupUpdate) Save 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*GroupUpdate) SaveX 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpdate) Where 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Group) *GroupUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the GroupUpdate builder.

type GroupUpdateOne 

type GroupUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Group entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) AddUserIDs 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) AddUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupUpdateOne

AddUserIDs adds the "users" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) AddUsers 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) AddUsers(u ...*User) *GroupUpdateOne

AddUsers adds the "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) ClearUsers 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) ClearUsers() *GroupUpdateOne

ClearUsers clears all "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) Exec 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) Mutation() *GroupMutation

Mutation returns the GroupMutation object of the builder.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) RemoveUserIDs 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) RemoveUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupUpdateOne

RemoveUserIDs removes the "users" edge to User entities by IDs.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) RemoveUsers 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) RemoveUsers(u ...*User) *GroupUpdateOne

RemoveUsers removes "users" edges to User entities.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) Save 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Group, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Group entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Group

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) Select added in v0.8.0 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *GroupUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

type GroupUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type GroupUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

GroupUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type GroupUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type GroupUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Group nodes.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *GroupUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) Ignore() *GroupUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*GroupUpsert)) *GroupUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the GroupCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *GroupUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(group.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type GroupUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type GroupUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Group node.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) DoNothing() *GroupUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) Ignore() *GroupUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) Update(set func(*GroupUpsert)) *GroupUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the GroupCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *GroupUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(group.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Groups 

type Groups []*Group

Groups is a parsable slice of Group.

type Hook 

type Hook = ent.Hook

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type IntSID added in v0.11.0 

type IntSID struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID sid.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the IntSIDQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges IntSIDEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSID is the model entity for the IntSID schema.

func (*IntSID) QueryChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (is *IntSID) QueryChildren() *IntSIDQuery

QueryChildren queries the "children" edge of the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSID) QueryParent added in v0.11.0 

func (is *IntSID) QueryParent() *IntSIDQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSID) String added in v0.11.0 

func (is *IntSID) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*IntSID) Unwrap added in v0.11.0 

func (is *IntSID) Unwrap() *IntSID

Unwrap unwraps the IntSID entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*IntSID) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (is *IntSID) Update() *IntSIDUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this IntSID. Note that you need to call IntSID.Unwrap() before calling this method if this IntSID was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type IntSIDClient added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDClient is a client for the IntSID schema.

func NewIntSIDClient added in v0.11.0 

func NewIntSIDClient(c config) *IntSIDClient

NewIntSIDClient returns a client for the IntSID from the given config.

func (*IntSIDClient) Create added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) Create() *IntSIDCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDClient) CreateBulk added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*IntSIDCreate) *IntSIDCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of IntSID entities.

func (*IntSIDClient) Delete added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) Delete() *IntSIDDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for IntSID.

func (*IntSIDClient) DeleteOne added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) DeleteOne(is *IntSID) *IntSIDDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*IntSIDClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) DeleteOneID(id sid.ID) *IntSIDDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*IntSIDClient) Get added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) (*IntSID, error)

Get returns a IntSID entity by its id.

func (*IntSIDClient) GetX added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) *IntSID

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDClient) Hooks added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*IntSIDClient) Query added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) Query() *IntSIDQuery

Query returns a query builder for IntSID.

func (*IntSIDClient) QueryChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) QueryChildren(is *IntSID) *IntSIDQuery

QueryChildren queries the children edge of a IntSID.

func (*IntSIDClient) QueryParent added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) QueryParent(is *IntSID) *IntSIDQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a IntSID.

func (*IntSIDClient) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) Update() *IntSIDUpdate

Update returns an update builder for IntSID.

func (*IntSIDClient) UpdateOne added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) UpdateOne(is *IntSID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*IntSIDClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) UpdateOneID(id sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*IntSIDClient) Use added in v0.11.0 

func (c *IntSIDClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `intsid.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type IntSIDCreate added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDCreate is the builder for creating a IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDCreate) AddChildIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) AddChildIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *IntSIDCreate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the IntSID entity by IDs.

func (*IntSIDCreate) AddChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) AddChildren(i ...*IntSID) *IntSIDCreate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDCreate) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IntSIDCreate) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDCreate) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) Mutation() *IntSIDMutation

Mutation returns the IntSIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*IntSIDCreate) OnConflict added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *IntSIDUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.IntSID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IntSIDCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *IntSIDUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IntSID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IntSIDCreate) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*IntSID, error)

Save creates the IntSID in the database.

func (*IntSIDCreate) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *IntSID

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*IntSIDCreate) SetID added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) SetID(s sid.ID) *IntSIDCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*IntSIDCreate) SetNillableParentID added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *sid.ID) *IntSIDCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*IntSIDCreate) SetParent added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) SetParent(i *IntSID) *IntSIDCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDCreate) SetParentID added in v0.11.0 

func (isc *IntSIDCreate) SetParentID(id sid.ID) *IntSIDCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity by ID.

type IntSIDCreateBulk added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDCreateBulk is the builder for creating many IntSID entities in bulk.

func (*IntSIDCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (iscb *IntSIDCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IntSIDCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (iscb *IntSIDCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.11.0 

func (iscb *IntSIDCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *IntSIDUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.IntSID.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IntSIDCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.11.0 

func (iscb *IntSIDCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *IntSIDUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IntSID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IntSIDCreateBulk) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (iscb *IntSIDCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*IntSID, error)

Save creates the IntSID entities in the database.

func (*IntSIDCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (iscb *IntSIDCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*IntSID

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type IntSIDDelete added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDDelete is the builder for deleting a IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDDelete) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (isd *IntSIDDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*IntSIDDelete) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (isd *IntSIDDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDDelete) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (isd *IntSIDDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.IntSID) *IntSIDDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the IntSIDDelete builder.

type IntSIDDeleteOne added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (isdo *IntSIDDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*IntSIDDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (isdo *IntSIDDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type IntSIDEdges added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDEdges struct {
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *IntSID `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Children holds the value of the children edge.
	Children []*IntSID `json:"children,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (IntSIDEdges) ChildrenOrErr added in v0.11.0 

func (e IntSIDEdges) ChildrenOrErr() ([]*IntSID, error)

ChildrenOrErr returns the Children value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (IntSIDEdges) ParentOrErr added in v0.11.0 

func (e IntSIDEdges) ParentOrErr() (*IntSID, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type IntSIDFilter added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for IntSIDQuery.

func (*IntSIDFilter) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (f *IntSIDFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*IntSIDFilter) WhereHasChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (f *IntSIDFilter) WhereHasChildren()

WhereHasChildren applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children.

func (*IntSIDFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith added in v0.11.0 

func (f *IntSIDFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith(preds ...predicate.IntSID)

WhereHasChildrenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*IntSIDFilter) WhereHasParent added in v0.11.0 

func (f *IntSIDFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*IntSIDFilter) WhereHasParentWith added in v0.11.0 

func (f *IntSIDFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.IntSID)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*IntSIDFilter) WhereID added in v0.11.0 

func (f *IntSIDFilter) WhereID(p entql.Int64P)

WhereID applies the entql int64 predicate on the id field.

type IntSIDGroupBy added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDGroupBy is the group-by builder for IntSID entities.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.11.0 

func (isgb *IntSIDGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *IntSIDGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Bool added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Bools added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Int added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) IntX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Ints added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Scan added in v0.11.0 

func (isgb *IntSIDGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) StringX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) Strings added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type IntSIDMutation added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDMutation represents an operation that mutates the IntSID nodes in the graph.

func (*IntSIDMutation) AddChildIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) AddChildIDs(ids ...sid.ID)

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the IntSID entity by ids.

func (*IntSIDMutation) AddField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*IntSIDMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) AddedField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*IntSIDMutation) AddedFields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ChildrenCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ChildrenCleared() bool

ChildrenCleared reports if the "children" edge to the IntSID entity was cleared.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ChildrenIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ChildrenIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

ChildrenIDs returns the "children" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ClearChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ClearChildren()

ClearChildren clears the "children" edge to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ClearField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ClearParent added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (IntSIDMutation) Client added in v0.11.0 

func (m IntSIDMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*IntSIDMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) Field added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*IntSIDMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) Fields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*IntSIDMutation) Filter added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) Filter() *IntSIDFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the IntSIDMutation builder.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*IntSIDMutation) IDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) OldField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*IntSIDMutation) Op added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ParentCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity was cleared.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ParentID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ParentID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ParentIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*IntSIDMutation) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...sid.ID)

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to the IntSID entity by IDs.

func (*IntSIDMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

RemovedChildren returns the removed IDs of the "children" edge to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ResetChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ResetChildren()

ResetChildren resets all changes to the "children" edge.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ResetField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*IntSIDMutation) ResetParent added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*IntSIDMutation) SetField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*IntSIDMutation) SetID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) SetID(id sid.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of IntSID entities.

func (*IntSIDMutation) SetParentID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) SetParentID(id sid.ID)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity by id.

func (IntSIDMutation) Tx added in v0.11.0 

func (m IntSIDMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*IntSIDMutation) Type added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (IntSID).

func (*IntSIDMutation) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (m *IntSIDMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.IntSID)

Where appends a list predicates to the IntSIDMutation builder.

type IntSIDQuery added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDQuery is the builder for querying IntSID entities.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *IntSIDSelect

Aggregate returns a IntSIDSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*IntSIDQuery) All added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*IntSID, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of IntSIDs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) AllX added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*IntSID

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Clone added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Clone() *IntSIDQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the IntSIDQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Count added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*IntSIDQuery) CountX added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Exist added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*IntSIDQuery) ExistX added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Filter added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Filter() *IntSIDFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the IntSIDQuery builder.

func (*IntSIDQuery) First added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*IntSID, error)

First returns the first IntSID entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no IntSID was found.

func (*IntSIDQuery) FirstID added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first IntSID ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no IntSID ID was found.

func (*IntSIDQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) FirstX added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *IntSID

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) GroupBy added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *IntSIDGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*IntSIDQuery) IDs added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of IntSID IDs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) IDsX added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []sid.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Limit added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Limit(limit int) *IntSIDQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Offset added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Offset(offset int) *IntSIDQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Only added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*IntSID, error)

Only returns a single IntSID entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one IntSID entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no IntSID entities are found.

func (*IntSIDQuery) OnlyID added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only IntSID ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one IntSID ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*IntSIDQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) OnlyX added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *IntSID

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Order added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *IntSIDQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*IntSIDQuery) QueryChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) QueryChildren() *IntSIDQuery

QueryChildren chains the current query on the "children" edge.

func (*IntSIDQuery) QueryParent added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) QueryParent() *IntSIDQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Select added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Select(fields ...string) *IntSIDSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Unique added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Unique(unique bool) *IntSIDQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*IntSIDQuery) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.IntSID) *IntSIDQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the IntSIDQuery builder.

func (*IntSIDQuery) WithChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) WithChildren(opts ...func(*IntSIDQuery)) *IntSIDQuery

WithChildren tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "children" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*IntSIDQuery) WithParent added in v0.11.0 

func (isq *IntSIDQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*IntSIDQuery)) *IntSIDQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type IntSIDSelect added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDSelect struct {
	*IntSIDQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDSelect is the builder for selecting fields of IntSID entities.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (iss *IntSIDSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *IntSIDSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Bool added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDSelect) BoolX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Bools added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDSelect) BoolsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Float64 added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Float64X added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Float64s added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Float64sX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Int added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDSelect) IntX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Ints added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDSelect) IntsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Scan added in v0.11.0 

func (iss *IntSIDSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*IntSIDSelect) ScanX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDSelect) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDSelect) StringX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDSelect) Strings added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IntSIDSelect) StringsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *IntSIDSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type IntSIDUpdate added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDUpdate is the builder for updating IntSID entities.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) AddChildIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) AddChildIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the IntSID entity by IDs.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) AddChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) AddChildren(i ...*IntSID) *IntSIDUpdate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) ClearChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) ClearChildren() *IntSIDUpdate

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) ClearParent added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) ClearParent() *IntSIDUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) Mutation() *IntSIDMutation

Mutation returns the IntSIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdate

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to IntSID entities by IDs.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) RemoveChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) RemoveChildren(i ...*IntSID) *IntSIDUpdate

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to IntSID entities.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) SetNillableParentID added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) SetParent added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) SetParent(i *IntSID) *IntSIDUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) SetParentID added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) SetParentID(id sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity by ID.

func (*IntSIDUpdate) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (isu *IntSIDUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.IntSID) *IntSIDUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the IntSIDUpdate builder.

type IntSIDUpdateOne added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) AddChildIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) AddChildIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the IntSID entity by IDs.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) AddChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) AddChildren(i ...*IntSID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) ClearChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) ClearChildren() *IntSIDUpdateOne

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) ClearParent added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) ClearParent() *IntSIDUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) Mutation() *IntSIDMutation

Mutation returns the IntSIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to IntSID entities by IDs.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) RemoveChildren added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) RemoveChildren(i ...*IntSID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to IntSID entities.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*IntSID, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *IntSID

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) Select added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *IntSIDUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) SetParent added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) SetParent(i *IntSID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity.

func (*IntSIDUpdateOne) SetParentID added in v0.11.0 

func (isuo *IntSIDUpdateOne) SetParentID(id sid.ID) *IntSIDUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the IntSID entity by ID.

type IntSIDUpsert added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

IntSIDUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type IntSIDUpsertBulk added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of IntSID nodes.

func (*IntSIDUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *IntSIDUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*IntSIDUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IntSIDUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertBulk) Ignore() *IntSIDUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IntSID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IntSIDUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*IntSIDUpsert)) *IntSIDUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the IntSIDCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*IntSIDUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *IntSIDUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IntSID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(intsid.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type IntSIDUpsertOne added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IntSIDUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one IntSID node.

func (*IntSIDUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertOne) DoNothing() *IntSIDUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*IntSIDUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IntSIDUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDUpsertOne) ID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*IntSIDUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IntSIDUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertOne) Ignore() *IntSIDUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IntSID.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*IntSIDUpsertOne) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertOne) Update(set func(*IntSIDUpsert)) *IntSIDUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the IntSIDCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*IntSIDUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.11.0 

func (u *IntSIDUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *IntSIDUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IntSID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(intsid.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type IntSIDs added in v0.11.0 

type IntSIDs []*IntSID

IntSIDs is a parsable slice of IntSID. 

type Link struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID uuidc.UUIDC `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// LinkInformation holds the value of the "link_information" field.
	LinkInformation map[string]schema.LinkInformation `json:"link_information,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Link is the model entity for the Link schema.

func (*Link) String added in v0.11.3 

func (l *Link) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Link) Unwrap added in v0.11.3 

func (l *Link) Unwrap() *Link

Unwrap unwraps the Link entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Link) Update added in v0.11.3 

func (l *Link) Update() *LinkUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Link. Note that you need to call Link.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Link was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type LinkClient added in v0.11.3 

type LinkClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkClient is a client for the Link schema.

func NewLinkClient added in v0.11.3 

func NewLinkClient(c config) *LinkClient

NewLinkClient returns a client for the Link from the given config.

func (*LinkClient) Create added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) Create() *LinkCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Link entity.

func (*LinkClient) CreateBulk added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*LinkCreate) *LinkCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Link entities.

func (*LinkClient) Delete added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) Delete() *LinkDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Link.

func (*LinkClient) DeleteOne added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) DeleteOne(l *Link) *LinkDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*LinkClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) DeleteOneID(id uuidc.UUIDC) *LinkDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*LinkClient) Get added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id uuidc.UUIDC) (*Link, error)

Get returns a Link entity by its id.

func (*LinkClient) GetX added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id uuidc.UUIDC) *Link

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkClient) Hooks added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*LinkClient) Query added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) Query() *LinkQuery

Query returns a query builder for Link.

func (*LinkClient) Update added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) Update() *LinkUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Link.

func (*LinkClient) UpdateOne added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) UpdateOne(l *Link) *LinkUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*LinkClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) UpdateOneID(id uuidc.UUIDC) *LinkUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*LinkClient) Use added in v0.11.3 

func (c *LinkClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `link.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type LinkCreate added in v0.11.3 

type LinkCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkCreate is the builder for creating a Link entity.

func (*LinkCreate) Exec added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LinkCreate) ExecX added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkCreate) Mutation added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) Mutation() *LinkMutation

Mutation returns the LinkMutation object of the builder.

func (*LinkCreate) OnConflict added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *LinkUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Link.Create().
	SetLinkInformation(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.LinkUpsert) {
		SetLinkInformation(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LinkCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *LinkUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Link.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LinkCreate) Save added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Link, error)

Save creates the Link in the database.

func (*LinkCreate) SaveX added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Link

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*LinkCreate) SetID added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) SetID(u uuidc.UUIDC) *LinkCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*LinkCreate) SetLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) SetLinkInformation(mi map[string]schema.LinkInformation) *LinkCreate

SetLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field.

func (*LinkCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.11.3 

func (lc *LinkCreate) SetNillableID(u *uuidc.UUIDC) *LinkCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type LinkCreateBulk added in v0.11.3 

type LinkCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Link entities in bulk.

func (*LinkCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.11.3 

func (lcb *LinkCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LinkCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.11.3 

func (lcb *LinkCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.11.3 

func (lcb *LinkCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *LinkUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Link.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.LinkUpsert) {
		SetLinkInformation(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LinkCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.11.3 

func (lcb *LinkCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *LinkUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Link.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LinkCreateBulk) Save added in v0.11.3 

func (lcb *LinkCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Link, error)

Save creates the Link entities in the database.

func (*LinkCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.11.3 

func (lcb *LinkCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Link

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type LinkDelete added in v0.11.3 

type LinkDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkDelete is the builder for deleting a Link entity.

func (*LinkDelete) Exec added in v0.11.3 

func (ld *LinkDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*LinkDelete) ExecX added in v0.11.3 

func (ld *LinkDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkDelete) Where added in v0.11.3 

func (ld *LinkDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Link) *LinkDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the LinkDelete builder.

type LinkDeleteOne added in v0.11.3 

type LinkDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Link entity.

func (*LinkDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.11.3 

func (ldo *LinkDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*LinkDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.11.3 

func (ldo *LinkDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type LinkFilter added in v0.11.3 

type LinkFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for LinkQuery.

func (*LinkFilter) Where added in v0.11.3 

func (f *LinkFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*LinkFilter) WhereID added in v0.11.3 

func (f *LinkFilter) WhereID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the id field.

func (*LinkFilter) WhereLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (f *LinkFilter) WhereLinkInformation(p entql.BytesP)

WhereLinkInformation applies the entql json.RawMessage predicate on the link_information field.

type LinkGroupBy added in v0.11.3 

type LinkGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkGroupBy is the group-by builder for Link entities.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.11.3 

func (lgb *LinkGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *LinkGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Bool added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Bools added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Int added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkGroupBy) IntX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Ints added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Scan added in v0.11.3 

func (lgb *LinkGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*LinkGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkGroupBy) String added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkGroupBy) StringX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkGroupBy) Strings added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type LinkMutation added in v0.11.3 

type LinkMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkMutation represents an operation that mutates the Link nodes in the graph.

func (*LinkMutation) AddField added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*LinkMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) AddedField added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*LinkMutation) AddedFields added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*LinkMutation) ClearField added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*LinkMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (LinkMutation) Client added in v0.11.3 

func (m LinkMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*LinkMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) Field added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*LinkMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) Fields added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*LinkMutation) Filter added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) Filter() *LinkFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the LinkMutation builder.

func (*LinkMutation) ID added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) ID() (id uuidc.UUIDC, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*LinkMutation) IDs added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuidc.UUIDC, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) LinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) LinkInformation() (r map[string]schema.LinkInformation, exists bool)

LinkInformation returns the value of the "link_information" field in the mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) OldField added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*LinkMutation) OldLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) OldLinkInformation(ctx context.Context) (v map[string]schema.LinkInformation, err error)

OldLinkInformation returns the old "link_information" field's value of the Link entity. If the Link object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*LinkMutation) Op added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*LinkMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*LinkMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*LinkMutation) ResetField added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*LinkMutation) ResetLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) ResetLinkInformation()

ResetLinkInformation resets all changes to the "link_information" field.

func (*LinkMutation) SetField added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*LinkMutation) SetID added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) SetID(id uuidc.UUIDC)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Link entities.

func (*LinkMutation) SetLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) SetLinkInformation(mi map[string]schema.LinkInformation)

SetLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field.

func (LinkMutation) Tx added in v0.11.3 

func (m LinkMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*LinkMutation) Type added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Link).

func (*LinkMutation) Where added in v0.11.3 

func (m *LinkMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Link)

Where appends a list predicates to the LinkMutation builder.

type LinkQuery added in v0.11.3 

type LinkQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkQuery is the builder for querying Link entities.

func (*LinkQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *LinkSelect

Aggregate returns a LinkSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*LinkQuery) All added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Link, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Links.

func (*LinkQuery) AllX added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Link

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkQuery) Clone added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Clone() *LinkQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the LinkQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*LinkQuery) Count added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*LinkQuery) CountX added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkQuery) Exist added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*LinkQuery) ExistX added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkQuery) Filter added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Filter() *LinkFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the LinkQuery builder.

func (*LinkQuery) First added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Link, error)

First returns the first Link entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Link was found.

func (*LinkQuery) FirstID added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id uuidc.UUIDC, err error)

FirstID returns the first Link ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Link ID was found.

func (*LinkQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) uuidc.UUIDC

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkQuery) FirstX added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Link

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkQuery) GroupBy added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *LinkGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	LinkInformation map[string]schema.LinkInformation `json:"link_information,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Link.Query().
	GroupBy(link.FieldLinkInformation).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*LinkQuery) IDs added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuidc.UUIDC, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Link IDs.

func (*LinkQuery) IDsX added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []uuidc.UUIDC

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkQuery) Limit added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Limit(limit int) *LinkQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*LinkQuery) Offset added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Offset(offset int) *LinkQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*LinkQuery) Only added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Link, error)

Only returns a single Link entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Link entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Link entities are found.

func (*LinkQuery) OnlyID added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id uuidc.UUIDC, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Link ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Link ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*LinkQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) uuidc.UUIDC

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkQuery) OnlyX added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Link

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkQuery) Order added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *LinkQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*LinkQuery) Select added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Select(fields ...string) *LinkSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	LinkInformation map[string]schema.LinkInformation `json:"link_information,omitempty"`
}

client.Link.Query().
	Select(link.FieldLinkInformation).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*LinkQuery) Unique added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Unique(unique bool) *LinkQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*LinkQuery) Where added in v0.11.3 

func (lq *LinkQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Link) *LinkQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the LinkQuery builder.

type LinkSelect added in v0.11.3 

type LinkSelect struct {
	*LinkQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Link entities.

func (*LinkSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (ls *LinkSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *LinkSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*LinkSelect) Bool added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkSelect) BoolX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkSelect) Bools added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkSelect) BoolsX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkSelect) Float64 added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkSelect) Float64X added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkSelect) Float64s added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkSelect) Float64sX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkSelect) Int added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkSelect) IntX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkSelect) Ints added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkSelect) IntsX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkSelect) Scan added in v0.11.3 

func (ls *LinkSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*LinkSelect) ScanX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkSelect) String added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkSelect) StringX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkSelect) Strings added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LinkSelect) StringsX added in v0.11.3 

func (s *LinkSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type LinkUpdate added in v0.11.3 

type LinkUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkUpdate is the builder for updating Link entities.

func (*LinkUpdate) Exec added in v0.11.3 

func (lu *LinkUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LinkUpdate) ExecX added in v0.11.3 

func (lu *LinkUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkUpdate) Mutation added in v0.11.3 

func (lu *LinkUpdate) Mutation() *LinkMutation

Mutation returns the LinkMutation object of the builder.

func (*LinkUpdate) Save added in v0.11.3 

func (lu *LinkUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*LinkUpdate) SaveX added in v0.11.3 

func (lu *LinkUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkUpdate) SetLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (lu *LinkUpdate) SetLinkInformation(mi map[string]schema.LinkInformation) *LinkUpdate

SetLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field.

func (*LinkUpdate) Where added in v0.11.3 

func (lu *LinkUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Link) *LinkUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the LinkUpdate builder.

type LinkUpdateOne added in v0.11.3 

type LinkUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Link entity.

func (*LinkUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.11.3 

func (luo *LinkUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*LinkUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.11.3 

func (luo *LinkUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.11.3 

func (luo *LinkUpdateOne) Mutation() *LinkMutation

Mutation returns the LinkMutation object of the builder.

func (*LinkUpdateOne) Save added in v0.11.3 

func (luo *LinkUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Link, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Link entity.

func (*LinkUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.11.3 

func (luo *LinkUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Link

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkUpdateOne) Select added in v0.11.3 

func (luo *LinkUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *LinkUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*LinkUpdateOne) SetLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (luo *LinkUpdateOne) SetLinkInformation(mi map[string]schema.LinkInformation) *LinkUpdateOne

SetLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field.

type LinkUpsert added in v0.11.3 

type LinkUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

LinkUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*LinkUpsert) SetLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsert) SetLinkInformation(v map[string]schema.LinkInformation) *LinkUpsert

SetLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field.

func (*LinkUpsert) UpdateLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsert) UpdateLinkInformation() *LinkUpsert

UpdateLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field to the value that was provided on create.

type LinkUpsertBulk added in v0.11.3 

type LinkUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Link nodes.

func (*LinkUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *LinkUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*LinkUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LinkUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertBulk) Ignore() *LinkUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Link.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LinkUpsertBulk) SetLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertBulk) SetLinkInformation(v map[string]schema.LinkInformation) *LinkUpsertBulk

SetLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field.

func (*LinkUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*LinkUpsert)) *LinkUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the LinkCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*LinkUpsertBulk) UpdateLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertBulk) UpdateLinkInformation() *LinkUpsertBulk

UpdateLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LinkUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *LinkUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Link.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(link.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type LinkUpsertOne added in v0.11.3 

type LinkUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LinkUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Link node.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) DoNothing() *LinkUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) ID added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id uuidc.UUIDC, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) uuidc.UUIDC

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) Ignore() *LinkUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Link.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*LinkUpsertOne) SetLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) SetLinkInformation(v map[string]schema.LinkInformation) *LinkUpsertOne

SetLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) Update added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) Update(set func(*LinkUpsert)) *LinkUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the LinkCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) UpdateLinkInformation added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) UpdateLinkInformation() *LinkUpsertOne

UpdateLinkInformation sets the "link_information" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LinkUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.11.3 

func (u *LinkUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *LinkUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Link.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(link.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Links []*Link

Links is a parsable slice of Link.

type MixinID 

type MixinID struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID uuid.UUID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// SomeField holds the value of the "some_field" field.
	SomeField string `json:"some_field,omitempty"`
	// MixinField holds the value of the "mixin_field" field.
	MixinField string `json:"mixin_field,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinID is the model entity for the MixinID schema.

func (*MixinID) String 

func (mi *MixinID) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*MixinID) Unwrap 

func (mi *MixinID) Unwrap() *MixinID

Unwrap unwraps the MixinID entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*MixinID) Update 

func (mi *MixinID) Update() *MixinIDUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this MixinID. Note that you need to call MixinID.Unwrap() before calling this method if this MixinID was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type MixinIDClient 

type MixinIDClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDClient is a client for the MixinID schema.

func NewMixinIDClient 

func NewMixinIDClient(c config) *MixinIDClient

NewMixinIDClient returns a client for the MixinID from the given config.

func (*MixinIDClient) Create 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Create() *MixinIDCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *MixinIDClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*MixinIDCreate) *MixinIDCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDClient) Delete 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Delete() *MixinIDDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for MixinID.

func (*MixinIDClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *MixinIDClient) DeleteOne(mi *MixinID) *MixinIDDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*MixinIDClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *MixinIDClient) DeleteOneID(id uuid.UUID) *MixinIDDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*MixinIDClient) Get 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id uuid.UUID) (*MixinID, error)

Get returns a MixinID entity by its id.

func (*MixinIDClient) GetX 

func (c *MixinIDClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id uuid.UUID) *MixinID

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDClient) Hooks 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*MixinIDClient) Query 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Query() *MixinIDQuery

Query returns a query builder for MixinID.

func (*MixinIDClient) Update 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Update() *MixinIDUpdate

Update returns an update builder for MixinID.

func (*MixinIDClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *MixinIDClient) UpdateOne(mi *MixinID) *MixinIDUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*MixinIDClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *MixinIDClient) UpdateOneID(id uuid.UUID) *MixinIDUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*MixinIDClient) Use 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `mixinid.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type MixinIDCreate 

type MixinIDCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDCreate is the builder for creating a MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDCreate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDCreate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDCreate) Mutation 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) Mutation() *MixinIDMutation

Mutation returns the MixinIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*MixinIDCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *MixinIDUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	SetSomeField(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.MixinIDUpsert) {
		SetSomeField(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *MixinIDUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDCreate) Save 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*MixinID, error)

Save creates the MixinID in the database.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SaveX 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *MixinID

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SetID 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SetID(u uuid.UUID) *MixinIDCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SetMixinField 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SetMixinField(s string) *MixinIDCreate

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.10.0 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SetNillableID(u *uuid.UUID) *MixinIDCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SetSomeField 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SetSomeField(s string) *MixinIDCreate

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

type MixinIDCreateBulk 

type MixinIDCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDCreateBulk is the builder for creating many MixinID entities in bulk.

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.MixinID.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.MixinIDUpsert) {
		SetSomeField(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) Save 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*MixinID, error)

Save creates the MixinID entities in the database.

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*MixinID

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type MixinIDDelete 

type MixinIDDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDDelete is the builder for deleting a MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDDelete) Exec 

func (mid *MixinIDDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*MixinIDDelete) ExecX 

func (mid *MixinIDDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDDelete) Where 

func (mid *MixinIDDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.MixinID) *MixinIDDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the MixinIDDelete builder.

type MixinIDDeleteOne 

type MixinIDDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDDeleteOne) Exec 

func (mido *MixinIDDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*MixinIDDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (mido *MixinIDDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type MixinIDFilter added in v0.10.0 

type MixinIDFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for MixinIDQuery.

func (*MixinIDFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *MixinIDFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*MixinIDFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *MixinIDFilter) WhereID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the id field.

func (*MixinIDFilter) WhereMixinField added in v0.10.0 

func (f *MixinIDFilter) WhereMixinField(p entql.StringP)

WhereMixinField applies the entql string predicate on the mixin_field field.

func (*MixinIDFilter) WhereSomeField added in v0.10.0 

func (f *MixinIDFilter) WhereSomeField(p entql.StringP)

WhereSomeField applies the entql string predicate on the some_field field.

type MixinIDGroupBy 

type MixinIDGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDGroupBy is the group-by builder for MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (migb *MixinIDGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *MixinIDGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Int 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Scan 

func (migb *MixinIDGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) String 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type MixinIDMutation 

type MixinIDMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDMutation represents an operation that mutates the MixinID nodes in the graph.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddedField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ClearField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (MixinIDMutation) Client 

func (m MixinIDMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*MixinIDMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) Field 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) Fields 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*MixinIDMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Filter() *MixinIDFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the MixinIDMutation builder.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ID 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ID() (id uuid.UUID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*MixinIDMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuid.UUID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) MixinField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) MixinField() (r string, exists bool)

MixinField returns the value of the "mixin_field" field in the mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) OldField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*MixinIDMutation) OldMixinField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) OldMixinField(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldMixinField returns the old "mixin_field" field's value of the MixinID entity. If the MixinID object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*MixinIDMutation) OldSomeField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) OldSomeField(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldSomeField returns the old "some_field" field's value of the MixinID entity. If the MixinID object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*MixinIDMutation) Op 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*MixinIDMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ResetField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ResetMixinField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ResetMixinField()

ResetMixinField resets all changes to the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ResetSomeField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ResetSomeField()

ResetSomeField resets all changes to the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SetField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SetID 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SetID(id uuid.UUID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SetMixinField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SetMixinField(s string)

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SetSomeField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SetSomeField(s string)

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SomeField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SomeField() (r string, exists bool)

SomeField returns the value of the "some_field" field in the mutation.

func (MixinIDMutation) Tx 

func (m MixinIDMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*MixinIDMutation) Type 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (MixinID).

func (*MixinIDMutation) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.MixinID)

Where appends a list predicates to the MixinIDMutation builder.

type MixinIDQuery 

type MixinIDQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDQuery is the builder for querying MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *MixinIDSelect

Aggregate returns a MixinIDSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*MixinIDQuery) All 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*MixinID, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of MixinIDs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) AllX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*MixinID

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Clone 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Clone() *MixinIDQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the MixinIDQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Count 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*MixinIDQuery) CountX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Exist 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*MixinIDQuery) ExistX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Filter() *MixinIDFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the MixinIDQuery builder.

func (*MixinIDQuery) First 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*MixinID, error)

First returns the first MixinID entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no MixinID was found.

func (*MixinIDQuery) FirstID 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

FirstID returns the first MixinID ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no MixinID ID was found.

func (*MixinIDQuery) FirstIDX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) FirstX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *MixinID

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) GroupBy 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *MixinIDGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SomeField string `json:"some_field,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.MixinID.Query().
	GroupBy(mixinid.FieldSomeField).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*MixinIDQuery) IDs 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuid.UUID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of MixinID IDs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) IDsX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []uuid.UUID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Limit 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Limit(limit int) *MixinIDQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Offset 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Offset(offset int) *MixinIDQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Only 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*MixinID, error)

Only returns a single MixinID entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one MixinID entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no MixinID entities are found.

func (*MixinIDQuery) OnlyID 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only MixinID ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one MixinID ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*MixinIDQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) OnlyX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *MixinID

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Order 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *MixinIDQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Select 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Select(fields ...string) *MixinIDSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SomeField string `json:"some_field,omitempty"`
}

client.MixinID.Query().
	Select(mixinid.FieldSomeField).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*MixinIDQuery) Unique added in v0.8.0 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Unique(unique bool) *MixinIDQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Where 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.MixinID) *MixinIDQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the MixinIDQuery builder.

type MixinIDSelect 

type MixinIDSelect struct {
	*MixinIDQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDSelect is the builder for selecting fields of MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (mis *MixinIDSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *MixinIDSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Bool 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) BoolX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Bools 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Float64 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Float64X 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Float64s 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Int 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) IntX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Ints 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) IntsX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Scan 

func (mis *MixinIDSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*MixinIDSelect) ScanX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) String 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) StringX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Strings 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) StringsX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type MixinIDUpdate 

type MixinIDUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDUpdate is the builder for updating MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) Exec 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) ExecX 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) Mutation 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) Mutation() *MixinIDMutation

Mutation returns the MixinIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) Save 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) SaveX 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) SetMixinField 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) SetMixinField(s string) *MixinIDUpdate

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) SetSomeField 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) SetSomeField(s string) *MixinIDUpdate

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) Where 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.MixinID) *MixinIDUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the MixinIDUpdate builder.

type MixinIDUpdateOne 

type MixinIDUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) Exec 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) Mutation() *MixinIDMutation

Mutation returns the MixinIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) Save 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*MixinID, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *MixinID

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) Select added in v0.8.0 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *MixinIDUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) SetMixinField 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) SetMixinField(s string) *MixinIDUpdateOne

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) SetSomeField 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) SetSomeField(s string) *MixinIDUpdateOne

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

type MixinIDUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type MixinIDUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

MixinIDUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*MixinIDUpsert) SetMixinField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsert) SetMixinField(v string) *MixinIDUpsert

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsert) SetSomeField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsert) SetSomeField(v string) *MixinIDUpsert

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsert) UpdateMixinField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsert) UpdateMixinField() *MixinIDUpsert

UpdateMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*MixinIDUpsert) UpdateSomeField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsert) UpdateSomeField() *MixinIDUpsert

UpdateSomeField sets the "some_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

type MixinIDUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type MixinIDUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of MixinID nodes.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) Ignore() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) SetMixinField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) SetMixinField(v string) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) SetSomeField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) SetSomeField(v string) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*MixinIDUpsert)) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the MixinIDCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateMixinField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateMixinField() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

UpdateMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(mixinid.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateSomeField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateSomeField() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

UpdateSomeField sets the "some_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

type MixinIDUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type MixinIDUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one MixinID node.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) DoNothing() *MixinIDUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) Ignore() *MixinIDUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) SetMixinField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) SetMixinField(v string) *MixinIDUpsertOne

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) SetSomeField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) SetSomeField(v string) *MixinIDUpsertOne

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) Update(set func(*MixinIDUpsert)) *MixinIDUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the MixinIDCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateMixinField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateMixinField() *MixinIDUpsertOne

UpdateMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *MixinIDUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(mixinid.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateSomeField added in v0.10.0 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateSomeField() *MixinIDUpsertOne

UpdateSomeField sets the "some_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

type MixinIDs 

type MixinIDs []*MixinID

MixinIDs is a parsable slice of MixinID.

type MutateFunc 

type MutateFunc = ent.MutateFunc

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Mutation 

type Mutation = ent.Mutation

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Mutator 

type Mutator = ent.Mutator

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type NotFoundError 

type NotFoundError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotFoundError returns when trying to fetch a specific entity and it was not found in the database.

func (*NotFoundError) Error 

func (e *NotFoundError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type NotLoadedError 

type NotLoadedError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotLoadedError returns when trying to get a node that was not loaded by the query.

func (*NotLoadedError) Error 

func (e *NotLoadedError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type NotSingularError 

type NotSingularError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotSingularError returns when trying to fetch a singular entity and more then one was found in the database.

func (*NotSingularError) Error 

func (e *NotSingularError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type Note added in v0.9.0 

type Note struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID schema.NoteID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Text holds the value of the "text" field.
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the NoteQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges NoteEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Note is the model entity for the Note schema.

func (*Note) QueryChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (n *Note) QueryChildren() *NoteQuery

QueryChildren queries the "children" edge of the Note entity.

func (*Note) QueryParent added in v0.9.0 

func (n *Note) QueryParent() *NoteQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the Note entity.

func (*Note) String added in v0.9.0 

func (n *Note) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Note) Unwrap added in v0.9.0 

func (n *Note) Unwrap() *Note

Unwrap unwraps the Note entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Note) Update added in v0.9.0 

func (n *Note) Update() *NoteUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Note. Note that you need to call Note.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Note was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type NoteClient added in v0.9.0 

type NoteClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteClient is a client for the Note schema.

func NewNoteClient added in v0.9.0 

func NewNoteClient(c config) *NoteClient

NewNoteClient returns a client for the Note from the given config.

func (*NoteClient) Create added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) Create() *NoteCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Note entity.

func (*NoteClient) CreateBulk added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*NoteCreate) *NoteCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Note entities.

func (*NoteClient) Delete added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) Delete() *NoteDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Note.

func (*NoteClient) DeleteOne added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) DeleteOne(n *Note) *NoteDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*NoteClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) DeleteOneID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*NoteClient) Get added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id schema.NoteID) (*Note, error)

Get returns a Note entity by its id.

func (*NoteClient) GetX added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id schema.NoteID) *Note

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteClient) Hooks added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*NoteClient) Query added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) Query() *NoteQuery

Query returns a query builder for Note.

func (*NoteClient) QueryChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) QueryChildren(n *Note) *NoteQuery

QueryChildren queries the children edge of a Note.

func (*NoteClient) QueryParent added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) QueryParent(n *Note) *NoteQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a Note.

func (*NoteClient) Update added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) Update() *NoteUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Note.

func (*NoteClient) UpdateOne added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) UpdateOne(n *Note) *NoteUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*NoteClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) UpdateOneID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*NoteClient) Use added in v0.9.0 

func (c *NoteClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `note.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type NoteCreate added in v0.9.0 

type NoteCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteCreate is the builder for creating a Note entity.

func (*NoteCreate) AddChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Note entity by IDs.

func (*NoteCreate) AddChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) AddChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteCreate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteCreate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteCreate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteCreate) Mutation added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) Mutation() *NoteMutation

Mutation returns the NoteMutation object of the builder.

func (*NoteCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *NoteUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Note.Create().
	SetText(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.NoteUpsert) {
		SetText(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *NoteUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteCreate) Save added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Note, error)

Save creates the Note in the database.

func (*NoteCreate) SaveX added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Note

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*NoteCreate) SetID added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetID(si schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*NoteCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetNillableID(si *schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteCreate) SetNillableParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteCreate) SetNillableText added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetNillableText(s *string) *NoteCreate

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteCreate) SetParent added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetParent(n *Note) *NoteCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteCreate) SetParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetParentID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID.

func (*NoteCreate) SetText added in v0.9.0 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetText(s string) *NoteCreate

SetText sets the "text" field.

type NoteCreateBulk added in v0.9.0 

type NoteCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Note entities in bulk.

func (*NoteCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *NoteUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Note.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.NoteUpsert) {
		SetText(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *NoteUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteCreateBulk) Save added in v0.9.0 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Note, error)

Save creates the Note entities in the database.

func (*NoteCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.9.0 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Note

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type NoteDelete added in v0.9.0 

type NoteDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteDelete is the builder for deleting a Note entity.

func (*NoteDelete) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (nd *NoteDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*NoteDelete) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (nd *NoteDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteDelete) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (nd *NoteDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Note) *NoteDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the NoteDelete builder.

type NoteDeleteOne added in v0.9.0 

type NoteDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Note entity.

func (*NoteDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (ndo *NoteDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*NoteDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (ndo *NoteDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type NoteEdges added in v0.9.0 

type NoteEdges struct {
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *Note `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Children holds the value of the children edge.
	Children []*Note `json:"children,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (NoteEdges) ChildrenOrErr added in v0.9.0 

func (e NoteEdges) ChildrenOrErr() ([]*Note, error)

ChildrenOrErr returns the Children value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (NoteEdges) ParentOrErr added in v0.9.0 

func (e NoteEdges) ParentOrErr() (*Note, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type NoteFilter added in v0.10.0 

type NoteFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for NoteQuery.

func (*NoteFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *NoteFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*NoteFilter) WhereHasChildren added in v0.10.0 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereHasChildren()

WhereHasChildren applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children.

func (*NoteFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith(preds ...predicate.Note)

WhereHasChildrenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*NoteFilter) WhereHasParent added in v0.10.0 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*NoteFilter) WhereHasParentWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.Note)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*NoteFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereID(p entql.StringP)

WhereID applies the entql string predicate on the id field.

func (*NoteFilter) WhereText added in v0.10.0 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereText(p entql.StringP)

WhereText applies the entql string predicate on the text field.

type NoteGroupBy added in v0.9.0 

type NoteGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteGroupBy is the group-by builder for Note entities.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.9.0 

func (ngb *NoteGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *NoteGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Bool added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Bools added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Int added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) IntX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Ints added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Scan added in v0.9.0 

func (ngb *NoteGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*NoteGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) StringX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Strings added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type NoteMutation added in v0.9.0 

type NoteMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteMutation represents an operation that mutates the Note nodes in the graph.

func (*NoteMutation) AddChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID)

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Note entity by ids.

func (*NoteMutation) AddField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*NoteMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) AddedField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) AddedFields added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ChildrenCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ChildrenCleared() bool

ChildrenCleared reports if the "children" edge to the Note entity was cleared.

func (*NoteMutation) ChildrenIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ChildrenIDs() (ids []schema.NoteID)

ChildrenIDs returns the "children" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearChildren()

ClearChildren clears the "children" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearParent added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearText added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearText()

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (NoteMutation) Client added in v0.9.0 

func (m NoteMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*NoteMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) Field added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) Fields added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*NoteMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) Filter() *NoteFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the NoteMutation builder.

func (*NoteMutation) ID added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ID() (id schema.NoteID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*NoteMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.NoteID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) OldField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*NoteMutation) OldText added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) OldText(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldText returns the old "text" field's value of the Note entity. If the Note object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*NoteMutation) Op added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*NoteMutation) ParentCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the Note entity was cleared.

func (*NoteMutation) ParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ParentID() (id schema.NoteID, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ParentIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []schema.NoteID)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*NoteMutation) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID)

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to the Note entity by IDs.

func (*NoteMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs() (ids []schema.NoteID)

RemovedChildren returns the removed IDs of the "children" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetChildren()

ResetChildren resets all changes to the "children" edge.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetParent added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetText added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetText()

ResetText resets all changes to the "text" field.

func (*NoteMutation) SetField added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*NoteMutation) SetID added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) SetID(id schema.NoteID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Note entities.

func (*NoteMutation) SetParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) SetParentID(id schema.NoteID)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by id.

func (*NoteMutation) SetText added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) SetText(s string)

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteMutation) Text added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) Text() (r string, exists bool)

Text returns the value of the "text" field in the mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) TextCleared added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) TextCleared() bool

TextCleared returns if the "text" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (NoteMutation) Tx added in v0.9.0 

func (m NoteMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*NoteMutation) Type added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Note).

func (*NoteMutation) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (m *NoteMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Note)

Where appends a list predicates to the NoteMutation builder.

type NoteQuery added in v0.9.0 

type NoteQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteQuery is the builder for querying Note entities.

func (*NoteQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *NoteSelect

Aggregate returns a NoteSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*NoteQuery) All added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Note, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Notes.

func (*NoteQuery) AllX added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Note

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Clone added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Clone() *NoteQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the NoteQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*NoteQuery) Count added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*NoteQuery) CountX added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Exist added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*NoteQuery) ExistX added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Filter() *NoteFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the NoteQuery builder.

func (*NoteQuery) First added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Note, error)

First returns the first Note entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Note was found.

func (*NoteQuery) FirstID added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.NoteID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Note ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Note ID was found.

func (*NoteQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.NoteID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) FirstX added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Note

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) GroupBy added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *NoteGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Note.Query().
	GroupBy(note.FieldText).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*NoteQuery) IDs added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.NoteID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Note IDs.

func (*NoteQuery) IDsX added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []schema.NoteID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Limit added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Limit(limit int) *NoteQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*NoteQuery) Offset added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Offset(offset int) *NoteQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*NoteQuery) Only added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Note, error)

Only returns a single Note entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Note entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Note entities are found.

func (*NoteQuery) OnlyID added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.NoteID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Note ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Note ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*NoteQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.NoteID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) OnlyX added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Note

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Order added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *NoteQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*NoteQuery) QueryChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) QueryChildren() *NoteQuery

QueryChildren chains the current query on the "children" edge.

func (*NoteQuery) QueryParent added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) QueryParent() *NoteQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*NoteQuery) Select added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Select(fields ...string) *NoteSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
}

client.Note.Query().
	Select(note.FieldText).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*NoteQuery) Unique added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Unique(unique bool) *NoteQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*NoteQuery) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Note) *NoteQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the NoteQuery builder.

func (*NoteQuery) WithChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) WithChildren(opts ...func(*NoteQuery)) *NoteQuery

WithChildren tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "children" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*NoteQuery) WithParent added in v0.9.0 

func (nq *NoteQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*NoteQuery)) *NoteQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type NoteSelect added in v0.9.0 

type NoteSelect struct {
	*NoteQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Note entities.

func (*NoteSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (ns *NoteSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *NoteSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*NoteSelect) Bool added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) BoolX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Bools added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) BoolsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Float64 added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) Float64X added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Float64s added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) Float64sX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Int added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) IntX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Ints added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) IntsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Scan added in v0.9.0 

func (ns *NoteSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*NoteSelect) ScanX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) StringX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Strings added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) StringsX added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NoteSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type NoteUpdate added in v0.9.0 

type NoteUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteUpdate is the builder for updating Note entities.

func (*NoteUpdate) AddChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Note entity by IDs.

func (*NoteUpdate) AddChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) AddChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteUpdate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdate) ClearChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) ClearChildren() *NoteUpdate

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdate) ClearParent added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) ClearParent() *NoteUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdate) ClearText added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) ClearText() *NoteUpdate

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpdate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteUpdate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpdate) Mutation added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) Mutation() *NoteMutation

Mutation returns the NoteMutation object of the builder.

func (*NoteUpdate) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdate

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to Note entities by IDs.

func (*NoteUpdate) RemoveChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) RemoveChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteUpdate

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to Note entities.

func (*NoteUpdate) Save added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*NoteUpdate) SaveX added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetNillableParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetNillableText added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetNillableText(s *string) *NoteUpdate

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetParent added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetParent(n *Note) *NoteUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetParentID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetText added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetText(s string) *NoteUpdate

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpdate) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Note) *NoteUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the NoteUpdate builder.

type NoteUpdateOne added in v0.9.0 

type NoteUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) AddChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Note entity by IDs.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) AddChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) AddChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteUpdateOne

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) ClearChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) ClearChildren() *NoteUpdateOne

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) ClearParent added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) ClearParent() *NoteUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) ClearText added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) ClearText() *NoteUpdateOne

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) Mutation() *NoteMutation

Mutation returns the NoteMutation object of the builder.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to Note entities by IDs.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) RemoveChildren added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) RemoveChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteUpdateOne

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to Note entities.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) Save added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Note, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Note

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) Select added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *NoteUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetNillableText added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetNillableText(s *string) *NoteUpdateOne

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetParent added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetParent(n *Note) *NoteUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetParentID added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetParentID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetText added in v0.9.0 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetText(s string) *NoteUpdateOne

SetText sets the "text" field.

type NoteUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type NoteUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

NoteUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*NoteUpsert) ClearText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsert) ClearText() *NoteUpsert

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsert) SetText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsert) SetText(v string) *NoteUpsert

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsert) UpdateText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsert) UpdateText() *NoteUpsert

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type NoteUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type NoteUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Note nodes.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) ClearText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) ClearText() *NoteUpsertBulk

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *NoteUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) Ignore() *NoteUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) SetText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) SetText(v string) *NoteUpsertBulk

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*NoteUpsert)) *NoteUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the NoteCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *NoteUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(note.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) UpdateText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) UpdateText() *NoteUpsertBulk

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type NoteUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type NoteUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Note node.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) ClearText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) ClearText() *NoteUpsertOne

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) DoNothing() *NoteUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.NoteID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) schema.NoteID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) Ignore() *NoteUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteUpsertOne) SetText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) SetText(v string) *NoteUpsertOne

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) Update(set func(*NoteUpsert)) *NoteUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the NoteCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *NoteUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(note.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteUpsertOne) UpdateText added in v0.10.0 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) UpdateText() *NoteUpsertOne

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Notes added in v0.9.0 

type Notes []*Note

Notes is a parsable slice of Note.

type Op 

type Op = ent.Op

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Option 

type Option func(*config)

Option function to configure the client.

func Debug 

func Debug() Option

Debug enables debug logging on the ent.Driver.

func Driver 

func Driver(driver dialect.Driver) Option

Driver configures the client driver.

func Log 

func Log(fn func(...any)) Option

Log sets the logging function for debug mode.

type OrderFunc 

type OrderFunc func(*sql.Selector)

OrderFunc applies an ordering on the sql selector.

func Asc 

func Asc(fields ...string) OrderFunc

Asc applies the given fields in ASC order.

func Desc 

func Desc(fields ...string) OrderFunc

Desc applies the given fields in DESC order.

type Other added in v0.10.1 

type Other struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID sid.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Other is the model entity for the Other schema.

func (*Other) String added in v0.10.1 

func (o *Other) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Other) Unwrap added in v0.10.1 

func (o *Other) Unwrap() *Other

Unwrap unwraps the Other entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Other) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (o *Other) Update() *OtherUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Other. Note that you need to call Other.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Other was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type OtherClient added in v0.10.1 

type OtherClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherClient is a client for the Other schema.

func NewOtherClient added in v0.10.1 

func NewOtherClient(c config) *OtherClient

NewOtherClient returns a client for the Other from the given config.

func (*OtherClient) Create added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) Create() *OtherCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Other entity.

func (*OtherClient) CreateBulk added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*OtherCreate) *OtherCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Other entities.

func (*OtherClient) Delete added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) Delete() *OtherDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Other.

func (*OtherClient) DeleteOne added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) DeleteOne(o *Other) *OtherDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*OtherClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) DeleteOneID(id sid.ID) *OtherDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*OtherClient) Get added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) (*Other, error)

Get returns a Other entity by its id.

func (*OtherClient) GetX added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) *Other

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherClient) Hooks added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*OtherClient) Query added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) Query() *OtherQuery

Query returns a query builder for Other.

func (*OtherClient) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) Update() *OtherUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Other.

func (*OtherClient) UpdateOne added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) UpdateOne(o *Other) *OtherUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*OtherClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) UpdateOneID(id sid.ID) *OtherUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*OtherClient) Use added in v0.10.1 

func (c *OtherClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `other.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type OtherCreate added in v0.10.1 

type OtherCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherCreate is the builder for creating a Other entity.

func (*OtherCreate) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherCreate) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherCreate) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) Mutation() *OtherMutation

Mutation returns the OtherMutation object of the builder.

func (*OtherCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *OtherUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *OtherUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherCreate) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Other, error)

Save creates the Other in the database.

func (*OtherCreate) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Other

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*OtherCreate) SetID added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) SetID(s sid.ID) *OtherCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*OtherCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.10.1 

func (oc *OtherCreate) SetNillableID(s *sid.ID) *OtherCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type OtherCreateBulk added in v0.10.1 

type OtherCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Other entities in bulk.

func (*OtherCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.1 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *OtherUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Other.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.1 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *OtherUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherCreateBulk) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Other, error)

Save creates the Other entities in the database.

func (*OtherCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Other

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type OtherDelete added in v0.10.1 

type OtherDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherDelete is the builder for deleting a Other entity.

func (*OtherDelete) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (od *OtherDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*OtherDelete) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (od *OtherDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherDelete) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (od *OtherDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Other) *OtherDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the OtherDelete builder.

type OtherDeleteOne added in v0.10.1 

type OtherDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Other entity.

func (*OtherDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (odo *OtherDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*OtherDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (odo *OtherDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type OtherFilter added in v0.10.1 

type OtherFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for OtherQuery.

func (*OtherFilter) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (f *OtherFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*OtherFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.1 

func (f *OtherFilter) WhereID(p entql.OtherP)

WhereID applies the entql other predicate on the id field.

type OtherGroupBy added in v0.10.1 

type OtherGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherGroupBy is the group-by builder for Other entities.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.10.1 

func (ogb *OtherGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *OtherGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Bool added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Bools added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Int added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) IntX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Ints added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Scan added in v0.10.1 

func (ogb *OtherGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*OtherGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) String added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) StringX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Strings added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type OtherMutation added in v0.10.1 

type OtherMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherMutation represents an operation that mutates the Other nodes in the graph.

func (*OtherMutation) AddField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*OtherMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) AddedField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) AddedFields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) ClearField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (OtherMutation) Client added in v0.10.1 

func (m OtherMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*OtherMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) Field added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) Fields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*OtherMutation) Filter added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) Filter() *OtherFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the OtherMutation builder.

func (*OtherMutation) ID added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) ID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*OtherMutation) IDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) OldField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*OtherMutation) Op added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*OtherMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) ResetField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) SetField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*OtherMutation) SetID added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) SetID(id sid.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Other entities.

func (OtherMutation) Tx added in v0.10.1 

func (m OtherMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*OtherMutation) Type added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Other).

func (*OtherMutation) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (m *OtherMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Other)

Where appends a list predicates to the OtherMutation builder.

type OtherQuery added in v0.10.1 

type OtherQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherQuery is the builder for querying Other entities.

func (*OtherQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *OtherSelect

Aggregate returns a OtherSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*OtherQuery) All added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Other, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Others.

func (*OtherQuery) AllX added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Other

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Clone added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Clone() *OtherQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the OtherQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*OtherQuery) Count added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*OtherQuery) CountX added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Exist added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*OtherQuery) ExistX added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Filter added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Filter() *OtherFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the OtherQuery builder.

func (*OtherQuery) First added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Other, error)

First returns the first Other entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Other was found.

func (*OtherQuery) FirstID added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Other ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Other ID was found.

func (*OtherQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) FirstX added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Other

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) GroupBy added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *OtherGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*OtherQuery) IDs added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Other IDs.

func (*OtherQuery) IDsX added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []sid.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Limit added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Limit(limit int) *OtherQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*OtherQuery) Offset added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Offset(offset int) *OtherQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*OtherQuery) Only added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Other, error)

Only returns a single Other entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Other entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Other entities are found.

func (*OtherQuery) OnlyID added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Other ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Other ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*OtherQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) OnlyX added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Other

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Order added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *OtherQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*OtherQuery) Select added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Select(fields ...string) *OtherSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*OtherQuery) Unique added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Unique(unique bool) *OtherQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*OtherQuery) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Other) *OtherQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the OtherQuery builder.

type OtherSelect added in v0.10.1 

type OtherSelect struct {
	*OtherQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Other entities.

func (*OtherSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (os *OtherSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *OtherSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*OtherSelect) Bool added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) BoolX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Bools added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) BoolsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Float64 added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) Float64X added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Float64s added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) Float64sX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Int added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) IntX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Ints added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) IntsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Scan added in v0.10.1 

func (os *OtherSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*OtherSelect) ScanX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) String added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) StringX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Strings added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) StringsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *OtherSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type OtherUpdate added in v0.10.1 

type OtherUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherUpdate is the builder for updating Other entities.

func (*OtherUpdate) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherUpdate) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpdate) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) Mutation() *OtherMutation

Mutation returns the OtherMutation object of the builder.

func (*OtherUpdate) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*OtherUpdate) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpdate) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Other) *OtherUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the OtherUpdate builder.

type OtherUpdateOne added in v0.10.1 

type OtherUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Other entity.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) Mutation() *OtherMutation

Mutation returns the OtherMutation object of the builder.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Other, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Other entity.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Other

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) Select added in v0.10.1 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *OtherUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

type OtherUpsert added in v0.10.1 

type OtherUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

OtherUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type OtherUpsertBulk added in v0.10.1 

type OtherUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Other nodes.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *OtherUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) Ignore() *OtherUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*OtherUpsert)) *OtherUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the OtherCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *OtherUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(other.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type OtherUpsertOne added in v0.10.1 

type OtherUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Other node.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) DoNothing() *OtherUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) Ignore() *OtherUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) Update(set func(*OtherUpsert)) *OtherUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the OtherCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.1 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *OtherUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(other.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Others added in v0.10.1 

type Others []*Other

Others is a parsable slice of Other.

type Pet 

type Pet struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the PetQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges PetEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Pet is the model entity for the Pet schema.

func (*Pet) QueryBestFriend 

func (pe *Pet) QueryBestFriend() *PetQuery

QueryBestFriend queries the "best_friend" edge of the Pet entity.

func (*Pet) QueryCars 

func (pe *Pet) QueryCars() *CarQuery

QueryCars queries the "cars" edge of the Pet entity.

func (*Pet) QueryFriends 

func (pe *Pet) QueryFriends() *PetQuery

QueryFriends queries the "friends" edge of the Pet entity.

func (*Pet) QueryOwner 

func (pe *Pet) QueryOwner() *UserQuery

QueryOwner queries the "owner" edge of the Pet entity.

func (*Pet) String 

func (pe *Pet) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Pet) Unwrap 

func (pe *Pet) Unwrap() *Pet

Unwrap unwraps the Pet entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Pet) Update 

func (pe *Pet) Update() *PetUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Pet. Note that you need to call Pet.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Pet was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type PetClient 

type PetClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetClient is a client for the Pet schema.

func NewPetClient 

func NewPetClient(c config) *PetClient

NewPetClient returns a client for the Pet from the given config.

func (*PetClient) Create 

func (c *PetClient) Create() *PetCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Pet entity.

func (*PetClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *PetClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*PetCreate) *PetCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Pet entities.

func (*PetClient) Delete 

func (c *PetClient) Delete() *PetDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Pet.

func (*PetClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *PetClient) DeleteOne(pe *Pet) *PetDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*PetClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *PetClient) DeleteOneID(id string) *PetDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*PetClient) Get 

func (c *PetClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id string) (*Pet, error)

Get returns a Pet entity by its id.

func (*PetClient) GetX 

func (c *PetClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id string) *Pet

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetClient) Hooks 

func (c *PetClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*PetClient) Query 

func (c *PetClient) Query() *PetQuery

Query returns a query builder for Pet.

func (*PetClient) QueryBestFriend 

func (c *PetClient) QueryBestFriend(pe *Pet) *PetQuery

QueryBestFriend queries the best_friend edge of a Pet.

func (*PetClient) QueryCars 

func (c *PetClient) QueryCars(pe *Pet) *CarQuery

QueryCars queries the cars edge of a Pet.

func (*PetClient) QueryFriends 

func (c *PetClient) QueryFriends(pe *Pet) *PetQuery

QueryFriends queries the friends edge of a Pet.

func (*PetClient) QueryOwner 

func (c *PetClient) QueryOwner(pe *Pet) *UserQuery

QueryOwner queries the owner edge of a Pet.

func (*PetClient) Update 

func (c *PetClient) Update() *PetUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Pet.

func (*PetClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *PetClient) UpdateOne(pe *Pet) *PetUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*PetClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *PetClient) UpdateOneID(id string) *PetUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*PetClient) Use 

func (c *PetClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `pet.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type PetCreate 

type PetCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetCreate is the builder for creating a Pet entity.

func (*PetCreate) AddCarIDs 

func (pc *PetCreate) AddCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetCreate

AddCarIDs adds the "cars" edge to the Car entity by IDs.

func (*PetCreate) AddCars 

func (pc *PetCreate) AddCars(c ...*Car) *PetCreate

AddCars adds the "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetCreate) AddFriendIDs 

func (pc *PetCreate) AddFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetCreate

AddFriendIDs adds the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*PetCreate) AddFriends 

func (pc *PetCreate) AddFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetCreate

AddFriends adds the "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetCreate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (pc *PetCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetCreate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (pc *PetCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetCreate) Mutation 

func (pc *PetCreate) Mutation() *PetMutation

Mutation returns the PetMutation object of the builder.

func (*PetCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (pc *PetCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PetUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (pc *PetCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PetUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetCreate) Save 

func (pc *PetCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Pet, error)

Save creates the Pet in the database.

func (*PetCreate) SaveX 

func (pc *PetCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Pet

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*PetCreate) SetBestFriend 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetBestFriend(p *Pet) *PetCreate

SetBestFriend sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetCreate) SetBestFriendID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetBestFriendID(id string) *PetCreate

SetBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

func (*PetCreate) SetID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetID(s string) *PetCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*PetCreate) SetNillableBestFriendID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetNillableBestFriendID(id *string) *PetCreate

SetNillableBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.7.0 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetNillableID(s *string) *PetCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetCreate) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetNillableOwnerID(id *int) *PetCreate

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetCreate) SetOwner 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetOwner(u *User) *PetCreate

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetCreate) SetOwnerID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetOwnerID(id int) *PetCreate

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID.

type PetCreateBulk 

type PetCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Pet entities in bulk.

func (*PetCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PetUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Pet.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PetUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetCreateBulk) Save 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Pet, error)

Save creates the Pet entities in the database.

func (*PetCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Pet

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type PetDelete 

type PetDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetDelete is the builder for deleting a Pet entity.

func (*PetDelete) Exec 

func (pd *PetDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*PetDelete) ExecX 

func (pd *PetDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetDelete) Where 

func (pd *PetDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Pet) *PetDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the PetDelete builder.

type PetDeleteOne 

type PetDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Pet entity.

func (*PetDeleteOne) Exec 

func (pdo *PetDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*PetDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (pdo *PetDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type PetEdges 

type PetEdges struct {
	// Owner holds the value of the owner edge.
	Owner *User `json:"owner,omitempty"`
	// Cars holds the value of the cars edge.
	Cars []*Car `json:"cars,omitempty"`
	// Friends holds the value of the friends edge.
	Friends []*Pet `json:"friends,omitempty"`
	// BestFriend holds the value of the best_friend edge.
	BestFriend *Pet `json:"best_friend,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (PetEdges) BestFriendOrErr 

func (e PetEdges) BestFriendOrErr() (*Pet, error)

BestFriendOrErr returns the BestFriend value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (PetEdges) CarsOrErr 

func (e PetEdges) CarsOrErr() ([]*Car, error)

CarsOrErr returns the Cars value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (PetEdges) FriendsOrErr 

func (e PetEdges) FriendsOrErr() ([]*Pet, error)

FriendsOrErr returns the Friends value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (PetEdges) OwnerOrErr 

func (e PetEdges) OwnerOrErr() (*User, error)

OwnerOrErr returns the Owner value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type PetFilter added in v0.10.0 

type PetFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for PetQuery.

func (*PetFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasBestFriend added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasBestFriend()

WhereHasBestFriend applies a predicate to check if query has an edge best_friend.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasBestFriendWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasBestFriendWith(preds ...predicate.Pet)

WhereHasBestFriendWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge best_friend with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasCars added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasCars()

WhereHasCars applies a predicate to check if query has an edge cars.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasCarsWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasCarsWith(preds ...predicate.Car)

WhereHasCarsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge cars with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasFriends added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasFriends()

WhereHasFriends applies a predicate to check if query has an edge friends.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasFriendsWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasFriendsWith(preds ...predicate.Pet)

WhereHasFriendsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge friends with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasOwner added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasOwner()

WhereHasOwner applies a predicate to check if query has an edge owner.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasOwnerWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasOwnerWith(preds ...predicate.User)

WhereHasOwnerWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge owner with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*PetFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereID(p entql.StringP)

WhereID applies the entql string predicate on the id field.

type PetGroupBy 

type PetGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetGroupBy is the group-by builder for Pet entities.

func (*PetGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (pgb *PetGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PetGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*PetGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Int 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Scan 

func (pgb *PetGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PetGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) String 

func (s *PetGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PetMutation 

type PetMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetMutation represents an operation that mutates the Pet nodes in the graph.

func (*PetMutation) AddCarIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) AddCarIDs(ids ...int)

AddCarIDs adds the "cars" edge to the Car entity by ids.

func (*PetMutation) AddField 

func (m *PetMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PetMutation) AddFriendIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) AddFriendIDs(ids ...string)

AddFriendIDs adds the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by ids.

func (*PetMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *PetMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) AddedField 

func (m *PetMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *PetMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) BestFriendCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) BestFriendCleared() bool

BestFriendCleared reports if the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity was cleared.

func (*PetMutation) BestFriendID 

func (m *PetMutation) BestFriendID() (id string, exists bool)

BestFriendID returns the "best_friend" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) BestFriendIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) BestFriendIDs() (ids []string)

BestFriendIDs returns the "best_friend" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use BestFriendID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PetMutation) CarsCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) CarsCleared() bool

CarsCleared reports if the "cars" edge to the Car entity was cleared.

func (*PetMutation) CarsIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) CarsIDs() (ids []int)

CarsIDs returns the "cars" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) ClearBestFriend 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearBestFriend()

ClearBestFriend clears the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetMutation) ClearCars 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearCars()

ClearCars clears the "cars" edge to the Car entity.

func (*PetMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) ClearField 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) ClearFriends 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearFriends()

ClearFriends clears the "friends" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetMutation) ClearOwner 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearOwner()

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (PetMutation) Client 

func (m PetMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*PetMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) Field 

func (m *PetMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) Fields 

func (m *PetMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*PetMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *PetMutation) Filter() *PetFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the PetMutation builder.

func (*PetMutation) FriendsCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) FriendsCleared() bool

FriendsCleared reports if the "friends" edge to the Pet entity was cleared.

func (*PetMutation) FriendsIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) FriendsIDs() (ids []string)

FriendsIDs returns the "friends" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) ID 

func (m *PetMutation) ID() (id string, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*PetMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *PetMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) OldField 

func (m *PetMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*PetMutation) Op 

func (m *PetMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*PetMutation) OwnerCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) OwnerCleared() bool

OwnerCleared reports if the "owner" edge to the User entity was cleared.

func (*PetMutation) OwnerID 

func (m *PetMutation) OwnerID() (id int, exists bool)

OwnerID returns the "owner" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) OwnerIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) OwnerIDs() (ids []int)

OwnerIDs returns the "owner" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use OwnerID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PetMutation) RemoveCarIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemoveCarIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveCarIDs removes the "cars" edge to the Car entity by IDs.

func (*PetMutation) RemoveFriendIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemoveFriendIDs(ids ...string)

RemoveFriendIDs removes the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*PetMutation) RemovedCarsIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemovedCarsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedCars returns the removed IDs of the "cars" edge to the Car entity.

func (*PetMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *PetMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) RemovedFriendsIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemovedFriendsIDs() (ids []string)

RemovedFriends returns the removed IDs of the "friends" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) ResetBestFriend 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetBestFriend()

ResetBestFriend resets all changes to the "best_friend" edge.

func (*PetMutation) ResetCars 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetCars()

ResetCars resets all changes to the "cars" edge.

func (*PetMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) ResetField 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) ResetFriends 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetFriends()

ResetFriends resets all changes to the "friends" edge.

func (*PetMutation) ResetOwner 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetOwner()

ResetOwner resets all changes to the "owner" edge.

func (*PetMutation) SetBestFriendID 

func (m *PetMutation) SetBestFriendID(id string)

SetBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by id.

func (*PetMutation) SetField 

func (m *PetMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PetMutation) SetID 

func (m *PetMutation) SetID(id string)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Pet entities.

func (*PetMutation) SetOwnerID 

func (m *PetMutation) SetOwnerID(id int)

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by id.

func (PetMutation) Tx 

func (m PetMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*PetMutation) Type 

func (m *PetMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Pet).

func (*PetMutation) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (m *PetMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Pet)

Where appends a list predicates to the PetMutation builder.

type PetQuery 

type PetQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetQuery is the builder for querying Pet entities.

func (*PetQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (pq *PetQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PetSelect

Aggregate returns a PetSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*PetQuery) All 

func (pq *PetQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Pet, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Pets.

func (*PetQuery) AllX 

func (pq *PetQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Pet

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Clone 

func (pq *PetQuery) Clone() *PetQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the PetQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*PetQuery) Count 

func (pq *PetQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*PetQuery) CountX 

func (pq *PetQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Exist 

func (pq *PetQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*PetQuery) ExistX 

func (pq *PetQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (pq *PetQuery) Filter() *PetFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the PetQuery builder.

func (*PetQuery) First 

func (pq *PetQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Pet, error)

First returns the first Pet entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Pet was found.

func (*PetQuery) FirstID 

func (pq *PetQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

FirstID returns the first Pet ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Pet ID was found.

func (*PetQuery) FirstIDX 

func (pq *PetQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) string

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) FirstX 

func (pq *PetQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Pet

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) GroupBy 

func (pq *PetQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *PetGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*PetQuery) IDs 

func (pq *PetQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Pet IDs.

func (*PetQuery) IDsX 

func (pq *PetQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []string

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Limit 

func (pq *PetQuery) Limit(limit int) *PetQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*PetQuery) Offset 

func (pq *PetQuery) Offset(offset int) *PetQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*PetQuery) Only 

func (pq *PetQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Pet, error)

Only returns a single Pet entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Pet entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Pet entities are found.

func (*PetQuery) OnlyID 

func (pq *PetQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Pet ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Pet ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*PetQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (pq *PetQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) string

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) OnlyX 

func (pq *PetQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Pet

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Order 

func (pq *PetQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *PetQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*PetQuery) QueryBestFriend 

func (pq *PetQuery) QueryBestFriend() *PetQuery

QueryBestFriend chains the current query on the "best_friend" edge.

func (*PetQuery) QueryCars 

func (pq *PetQuery) QueryCars() *CarQuery

QueryCars chains the current query on the "cars" edge.

func (*PetQuery) QueryFriends 

func (pq *PetQuery) QueryFriends() *PetQuery

QueryFriends chains the current query on the "friends" edge.

func (*PetQuery) QueryOwner 

func (pq *PetQuery) QueryOwner() *UserQuery

QueryOwner chains the current query on the "owner" edge.

func (*PetQuery) Select 

func (pq *PetQuery) Select(fields ...string) *PetSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*PetQuery) Unique added in v0.8.0 

func (pq *PetQuery) Unique(unique bool) *PetQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*PetQuery) Where 

func (pq *PetQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Pet) *PetQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the PetQuery builder.

func (*PetQuery) WithBestFriend 

func (pq *PetQuery) WithBestFriend(opts ...func(*PetQuery)) *PetQuery

WithBestFriend tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "best_friend" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PetQuery) WithCars 

func (pq *PetQuery) WithCars(opts ...func(*CarQuery)) *PetQuery

WithCars tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "cars" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PetQuery) WithFriends 

func (pq *PetQuery) WithFriends(opts ...func(*PetQuery)) *PetQuery

WithFriends tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "friends" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PetQuery) WithOwner 

func (pq *PetQuery) WithOwner(opts ...func(*UserQuery)) *PetQuery

WithOwner tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "owner" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type PetSelect 

type PetSelect struct {
	*PetQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Pet entities.

func (*PetSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (ps *PetSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PetSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*PetSelect) Bool 

func (s *PetSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) BoolX 

func (s *PetSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Bools 

func (s *PetSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *PetSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Float64 

func (s *PetSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) Float64X 

func (s *PetSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Float64s 

func (s *PetSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *PetSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Int 

func (s *PetSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) IntX 

func (s *PetSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Ints 

func (s *PetSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) IntsX 

func (s *PetSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Scan 

func (ps *PetSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PetSelect) ScanX 

func (s *PetSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) String 

func (s *PetSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) StringX 

func (s *PetSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Strings 

func (s *PetSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) StringsX 

func (s *PetSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PetUpdate 

type PetUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetUpdate is the builder for updating Pet entities.

func (*PetUpdate) AddCarIDs 

func (pu *PetUpdate) AddCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetUpdate

AddCarIDs adds the "cars" edge to the Car entity by IDs.

func (*PetUpdate) AddCars 

func (pu *PetUpdate) AddCars(c ...*Car) *PetUpdate

AddCars adds the "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetUpdate) AddFriendIDs 

func (pu *PetUpdate) AddFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetUpdate

AddFriendIDs adds the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*PetUpdate) AddFriends 

func (pu *PetUpdate) AddFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetUpdate

AddFriends adds the "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdate) ClearBestFriend 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ClearBestFriend() *PetUpdate

ClearBestFriend clears the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdate) ClearCars 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ClearCars() *PetUpdate

ClearCars clears all "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetUpdate) ClearFriends 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ClearFriends() *PetUpdate

ClearFriends clears all "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdate) ClearOwner 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ClearOwner() *PetUpdate

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetUpdate) Exec 

func (pu *PetUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetUpdate) ExecX 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpdate) Mutation 

func (pu *PetUpdate) Mutation() *PetMutation

Mutation returns the PetMutation object of the builder.

func (*PetUpdate) RemoveCarIDs 

func (pu *PetUpdate) RemoveCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetUpdate

RemoveCarIDs removes the "cars" edge to Car entities by IDs.

func (*PetUpdate) RemoveCars 

func (pu *PetUpdate) RemoveCars(c ...*Car) *PetUpdate

RemoveCars removes "cars" edges to Car entities.

func (*PetUpdate) RemoveFriendIDs 

func (pu *PetUpdate) RemoveFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetUpdate

RemoveFriendIDs removes the "friends" edge to Pet entities by IDs.

func (*PetUpdate) RemoveFriends 

func (pu *PetUpdate) RemoveFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetUpdate

RemoveFriends removes "friends" edges to Pet entities.

func (*PetUpdate) Save 

func (pu *PetUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*PetUpdate) SaveX 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpdate) SetBestFriend 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetBestFriend(p *Pet) *PetUpdate

SetBestFriend sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdate) SetBestFriendID 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetBestFriendID(id string) *PetUpdate

SetBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

func (*PetUpdate) SetNillableBestFriendID 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetNillableBestFriendID(id *string) *PetUpdate

SetNillableBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetUpdate) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetNillableOwnerID(id *int) *PetUpdate

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetUpdate) SetOwner 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetOwner(u *User) *PetUpdate

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetUpdate) SetOwnerID 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetOwnerID(id int) *PetUpdate

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID.

func (*PetUpdate) Where 

func (pu *PetUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Pet) *PetUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the PetUpdate builder.

type PetUpdateOne 

type PetUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) AddCarIDs 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) AddCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetUpdateOne

AddCarIDs adds the "cars" edge to the Car entity by IDs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) AddCars 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) AddCars(c ...*Car) *PetUpdateOne

AddCars adds the "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) AddFriendIDs 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) AddFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetUpdateOne

AddFriendIDs adds the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) AddFriends 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) AddFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetUpdateOne

AddFriends adds the "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ClearBestFriend 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ClearBestFriend() *PetUpdateOne

ClearBestFriend clears the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ClearCars 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ClearCars() *PetUpdateOne

ClearCars clears all "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ClearFriends 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ClearFriends() *PetUpdateOne

ClearFriends clears all "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ClearOwner 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ClearOwner() *PetUpdateOne

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) Exec 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) Mutation() *PetMutation

Mutation returns the PetMutation object of the builder.

func (*PetUpdateOne) RemoveCarIDs 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) RemoveCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetUpdateOne

RemoveCarIDs removes the "cars" edge to Car entities by IDs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) RemoveCars 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) RemoveCars(c ...*Car) *PetUpdateOne

RemoveCars removes "cars" edges to Car entities.

func (*PetUpdateOne) RemoveFriendIDs 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) RemoveFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetUpdateOne

RemoveFriendIDs removes the "friends" edge to Pet entities by IDs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) RemoveFriends 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) RemoveFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetUpdateOne

RemoveFriends removes "friends" edges to Pet entities.

func (*PetUpdateOne) Save 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Pet, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Pet

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) Select added in v0.8.0 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *PetUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetBestFriend 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetBestFriend(p *Pet) *PetUpdateOne

SetBestFriend sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetBestFriendID 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetBestFriendID(id string) *PetUpdateOne

SetBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetNillableBestFriendID 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetNillableBestFriendID(id *string) *PetUpdateOne

SetNillableBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetNillableOwnerID(id *int) *PetUpdateOne

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetOwner 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetOwner(u *User) *PetUpdateOne

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetOwnerID 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetOwnerID(id int) *PetUpdateOne

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID.

type PetUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type PetUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

PetUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type PetUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type PetUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Pet nodes.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *PetUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) Ignore() *PetUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*PetUpsert)) *PetUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PetCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *PetUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(pet.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type PetUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type PetUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Pet node.

func (*PetUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) DoNothing() *PetUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PetUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*PetUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) string

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) Ignore() *PetUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*PetUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) Update(set func(*PetUpsert)) *PetUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PetCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PetUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *PetUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(pet.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Pets 

type Pets []*Pet

Pets is a parsable slice of Pet.

type Policy 

type Policy = ent.Policy

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Query 

type Query = ent.Query

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Revision added in v0.11.0 

type Revision struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Revision is the model entity for the Revision schema.

func (*Revision) String added in v0.11.0 

func (r *Revision) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Revision) Unwrap added in v0.11.0 

func (r *Revision) Unwrap() *Revision

Unwrap unwraps the Revision entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Revision) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (r *Revision) Update() *RevisionUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Revision. Note that you need to call Revision.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Revision was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type RevisionClient added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionClient is a client for the Revision schema.

func NewRevisionClient added in v0.11.0 

func NewRevisionClient(c config) *RevisionClient

NewRevisionClient returns a client for the Revision from the given config.

func (*RevisionClient) Create added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) Create() *RevisionCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Revision entity.

func (*RevisionClient) CreateBulk added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*RevisionCreate) *RevisionCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Revision entities.

func (*RevisionClient) Delete added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) Delete() *RevisionDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Revision.

func (*RevisionClient) DeleteOne added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) DeleteOne(r *Revision) *RevisionDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*RevisionClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) DeleteOneID(id string) *RevisionDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*RevisionClient) Get added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id string) (*Revision, error)

Get returns a Revision entity by its id.

func (*RevisionClient) GetX added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id string) *Revision

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionClient) Hooks added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*RevisionClient) Query added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) Query() *RevisionQuery

Query returns a query builder for Revision.

func (*RevisionClient) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) Update() *RevisionUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Revision.

func (*RevisionClient) UpdateOne added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) UpdateOne(r *Revision) *RevisionUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*RevisionClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) UpdateOneID(id string) *RevisionUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*RevisionClient) Use added in v0.11.0 

func (c *RevisionClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `revision.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type RevisionCreate added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionCreate is the builder for creating a Revision entity.

func (*RevisionCreate) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (rc *RevisionCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*RevisionCreate) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (rc *RevisionCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionCreate) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (rc *RevisionCreate) Mutation() *RevisionMutation

Mutation returns the RevisionMutation object of the builder.

func (*RevisionCreate) OnConflict added in v0.11.0 

func (rc *RevisionCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *RevisionUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Revision.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*RevisionCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.11.0 

func (rc *RevisionCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *RevisionUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Revision.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*RevisionCreate) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (rc *RevisionCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Revision, error)

Save creates the Revision in the database.

func (*RevisionCreate) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (rc *RevisionCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Revision

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*RevisionCreate) SetID added in v0.11.0 

func (rc *RevisionCreate) SetID(s string) *RevisionCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

type RevisionCreateBulk added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Revision entities in bulk.

func (*RevisionCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (rcb *RevisionCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*RevisionCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (rcb *RevisionCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.11.0 

func (rcb *RevisionCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *RevisionUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Revision.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*RevisionCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.11.0 

func (rcb *RevisionCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *RevisionUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Revision.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*RevisionCreateBulk) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (rcb *RevisionCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Revision, error)

Save creates the Revision entities in the database.

func (*RevisionCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (rcb *RevisionCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Revision

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type RevisionDelete added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionDelete is the builder for deleting a Revision entity.

func (*RevisionDelete) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (rd *RevisionDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*RevisionDelete) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (rd *RevisionDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionDelete) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (rd *RevisionDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Revision) *RevisionDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the RevisionDelete builder.

type RevisionDeleteOne added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Revision entity.

func (*RevisionDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (rdo *RevisionDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*RevisionDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (rdo *RevisionDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type RevisionFilter added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for RevisionQuery.

func (*RevisionFilter) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (f *RevisionFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*RevisionFilter) WhereID added in v0.11.0 

func (f *RevisionFilter) WhereID(p entql.StringP)

WhereID applies the entql string predicate on the id field.

type RevisionGroupBy added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionGroupBy is the group-by builder for Revision entities.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.11.0 

func (rgb *RevisionGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *RevisionGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Bool added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Bools added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Int added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) IntX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Ints added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Scan added in v0.11.0 

func (rgb *RevisionGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) StringX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) Strings added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type RevisionMutation added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionMutation represents an operation that mutates the Revision nodes in the graph.

func (*RevisionMutation) AddField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*RevisionMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) AddedField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*RevisionMutation) AddedFields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*RevisionMutation) ClearField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*RevisionMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (RevisionMutation) Client added in v0.11.0 

func (m RevisionMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*RevisionMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) Field added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*RevisionMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) Fields added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*RevisionMutation) Filter added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) Filter() *RevisionFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the RevisionMutation builder.

func (*RevisionMutation) ID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) ID() (id string, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*RevisionMutation) IDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) OldField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*RevisionMutation) Op added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*RevisionMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*RevisionMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*RevisionMutation) ResetField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*RevisionMutation) SetField added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*RevisionMutation) SetID added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) SetID(id string)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Revision entities.

func (RevisionMutation) Tx added in v0.11.0 

func (m RevisionMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*RevisionMutation) Type added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Revision).

func (*RevisionMutation) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (m *RevisionMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Revision)

Where appends a list predicates to the RevisionMutation builder.

type RevisionQuery added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionQuery is the builder for querying Revision entities.

func (*RevisionQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *RevisionSelect

Aggregate returns a RevisionSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*RevisionQuery) All added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Revision, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Revisions.

func (*RevisionQuery) AllX added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Revision

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionQuery) Clone added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Clone() *RevisionQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the RevisionQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*RevisionQuery) Count added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*RevisionQuery) CountX added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionQuery) Exist added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*RevisionQuery) ExistX added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionQuery) Filter added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Filter() *RevisionFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the RevisionQuery builder.

func (*RevisionQuery) First added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Revision, error)

First returns the first Revision entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Revision was found.

func (*RevisionQuery) FirstID added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

FirstID returns the first Revision ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Revision ID was found.

func (*RevisionQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) string

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionQuery) FirstX added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Revision

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionQuery) GroupBy added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *RevisionGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*RevisionQuery) IDs added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Revision IDs.

func (*RevisionQuery) IDsX added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []string

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionQuery) Limit added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Limit(limit int) *RevisionQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*RevisionQuery) Offset added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Offset(offset int) *RevisionQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*RevisionQuery) Only added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Revision, error)

Only returns a single Revision entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Revision entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Revision entities are found.

func (*RevisionQuery) OnlyID added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Revision ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Revision ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*RevisionQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) string

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionQuery) OnlyX added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Revision

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionQuery) Order added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *RevisionQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*RevisionQuery) Select added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Select(fields ...string) *RevisionSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*RevisionQuery) Unique added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Unique(unique bool) *RevisionQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*RevisionQuery) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (rq *RevisionQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Revision) *RevisionQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the RevisionQuery builder.

type RevisionSelect added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionSelect struct {
	*RevisionQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Revision entities.

func (*RevisionSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (rs *RevisionSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *RevisionSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*RevisionSelect) Bool added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionSelect) BoolX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionSelect) Bools added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionSelect) BoolsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionSelect) Float64 added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionSelect) Float64X added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionSelect) Float64s added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionSelect) Float64sX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionSelect) Int added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionSelect) IntX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionSelect) Ints added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionSelect) IntsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionSelect) Scan added in v0.11.0 

func (rs *RevisionSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*RevisionSelect) ScanX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionSelect) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionSelect) StringX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionSelect) Strings added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*RevisionSelect) StringsX added in v0.11.0 

func (s *RevisionSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type RevisionUpdate added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionUpdate is the builder for updating Revision entities.

func (*RevisionUpdate) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (ru *RevisionUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*RevisionUpdate) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (ru *RevisionUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionUpdate) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (ru *RevisionUpdate) Mutation() *RevisionMutation

Mutation returns the RevisionMutation object of the builder.

func (*RevisionUpdate) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (ru *RevisionUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*RevisionUpdate) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (ru *RevisionUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionUpdate) Where added in v0.11.0 

func (ru *RevisionUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Revision) *RevisionUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the RevisionUpdate builder.

type RevisionUpdateOne added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Revision entity.

func (*RevisionUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (ruo *RevisionUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*RevisionUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (ruo *RevisionUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.11.0 

func (ruo *RevisionUpdateOne) Mutation() *RevisionMutation

Mutation returns the RevisionMutation object of the builder.

func (*RevisionUpdateOne) Save added in v0.11.0 

func (ruo *RevisionUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Revision, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Revision entity.

func (*RevisionUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.11.0 

func (ruo *RevisionUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Revision

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionUpdateOne) Select added in v0.11.0 

func (ruo *RevisionUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *RevisionUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

type RevisionUpsert added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

RevisionUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type RevisionUpsertBulk added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Revision nodes.

func (*RevisionUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *RevisionUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*RevisionUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*RevisionUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertBulk) Ignore() *RevisionUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Revision.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*RevisionUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*RevisionUpsert)) *RevisionUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the RevisionCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*RevisionUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *RevisionUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Revision.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(revision.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type RevisionUpsertOne added in v0.11.0 

type RevisionUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevisionUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Revision node.

func (*RevisionUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertOne) DoNothing() *RevisionUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*RevisionUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*RevisionUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionUpsertOne) ID added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*RevisionUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) string

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*RevisionUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertOne) Ignore() *RevisionUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Revision.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*RevisionUpsertOne) Update added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertOne) Update(set func(*RevisionUpsert)) *RevisionUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the RevisionCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*RevisionUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.11.0 

func (u *RevisionUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *RevisionUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Revision.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(revision.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Revisions added in v0.11.0 

type Revisions []*Revision

Revisions is a parsable slice of Revision.

type RollbackFunc 

type RollbackFunc func(context.Context, *Tx) error

The RollbackFunc type is an adapter to allow the use of ordinary function as a Rollbacker. If f is a function with the appropriate signature, RollbackFunc(f) is a Rollbacker that calls f.

func (RollbackFunc) Rollback 

func (f RollbackFunc) Rollback(ctx context.Context, tx *Tx) error

Rollback calls f(ctx, m).

type RollbackHook 

type RollbackHook func(Rollbacker) Rollbacker

RollbackHook defines the "rollback middleware". A function that gets a Rollbacker and returns a Rollbacker. For example: 

hook := func(next ent.Rollbacker) ent.Rollbacker {
	return ent.RollbackFunc(func(ctx context.Context, tx *ent.Tx) error {
		// Do some stuff before.
		if err := next.Rollback(ctx, tx); err != nil {
			return err
		}
		// Do some stuff after.
		return nil
	})
}

type Rollbacker 

type Rollbacker interface {
	Rollback(context.Context, *Tx) error
}

Rollbacker is the interface that wraps the Rollback method.

type Session added in v0.10.0 

type Session struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID schema.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the SessionQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges SessionEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Session is the model entity for the Session schema.

func (*Session) QueryDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (s *Session) QueryDevice() *DeviceQuery

QueryDevice queries the "device" edge of the Session entity.

func (*Session) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s *Session) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Session) Unwrap added in v0.10.0 

func (s *Session) Unwrap() *Session

Unwrap unwraps the Session entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Session) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (s *Session) Update() *SessionUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Session. Note that you need to call Session.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Session was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type SessionClient added in v0.10.0 

type SessionClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionClient is a client for the Session schema.

func NewSessionClient added in v0.10.0 

func NewSessionClient(c config) *SessionClient

NewSessionClient returns a client for the Session from the given config.

func (*SessionClient) Create added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) Create() *SessionCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Session entity.

func (*SessionClient) CreateBulk added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*SessionCreate) *SessionCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Session entities.

func (*SessionClient) Delete added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) Delete() *SessionDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Session.

func (*SessionClient) DeleteOne added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) DeleteOne(s *Session) *SessionDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*SessionClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) DeleteOneID(id schema.ID) *SessionDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*SessionClient) Get added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id schema.ID) (*Session, error)

Get returns a Session entity by its id.

func (*SessionClient) GetX added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id schema.ID) *Session

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionClient) Hooks added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*SessionClient) Query added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) Query() *SessionQuery

Query returns a query builder for Session.

func (*SessionClient) QueryDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) QueryDevice(s *Session) *DeviceQuery

QueryDevice queries the device edge of a Session.

func (*SessionClient) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) Update() *SessionUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Session.

func (*SessionClient) UpdateOne added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) UpdateOne(s *Session) *SessionUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*SessionClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) UpdateOneID(id schema.ID) *SessionUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*SessionClient) Use added in v0.10.0 

func (c *SessionClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `session.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type SessionCreate added in v0.10.0 

type SessionCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionCreate is the builder for creating a Session entity.

func (*SessionCreate) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionCreate) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionCreate) Mutation added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) Mutation() *SessionMutation

Mutation returns the SessionMutation object of the builder.

func (*SessionCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SessionUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SessionUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionCreate) Save added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Session, error)

Save creates the Session in the database.

func (*SessionCreate) SaveX added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Session

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*SessionCreate) SetDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetDevice(d *Device) *SessionCreate

SetDevice sets the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionCreate) SetDeviceID added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetDeviceID(id schema.ID) *SessionCreate

SetDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID.

func (*SessionCreate) SetID added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetID(s schema.ID) *SessionCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*SessionCreate) SetNillableDeviceID added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetNillableDeviceID(id *schema.ID) *SessionCreate

SetNillableDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*SessionCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.10.0 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetNillableID(s *schema.ID) *SessionCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type SessionCreateBulk added in v0.10.0 

type SessionCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Session entities in bulk.

func (*SessionCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SessionUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Session.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SessionUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionCreateBulk) Save added in v0.10.0 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Session, error)

Save creates the Session entities in the database.

func (*SessionCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.10.0 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Session

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type SessionDelete added in v0.10.0 

type SessionDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionDelete is the builder for deleting a Session entity.

func (*SessionDelete) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (sd *SessionDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*SessionDelete) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (sd *SessionDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionDelete) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (sd *SessionDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Session) *SessionDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the SessionDelete builder.

type SessionDeleteOne added in v0.10.0 

type SessionDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Session entity.

func (*SessionDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (sdo *SessionDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*SessionDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (sdo *SessionDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type SessionEdges added in v0.10.0 

type SessionEdges struct {
	// Device holds the value of the device edge.
	Device *Device `json:"device,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (SessionEdges) DeviceOrErr added in v0.10.0 

func (e SessionEdges) DeviceOrErr() (*Device, error)

DeviceOrErr returns the Device value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type SessionFilter added in v0.10.0 

type SessionFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for SessionQuery.

func (*SessionFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *SessionFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*SessionFilter) WhereHasDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (f *SessionFilter) WhereHasDevice()

WhereHasDevice applies a predicate to check if query has an edge device.

func (*SessionFilter) WhereHasDeviceWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *SessionFilter) WhereHasDeviceWith(preds ...predicate.Device)

WhereHasDeviceWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge device with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*SessionFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *SessionFilter) WhereID(p entql.BytesP)

WhereID applies the entql []byte predicate on the id field.

type SessionGroupBy added in v0.10.0 

type SessionGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionGroupBy is the group-by builder for Session entities.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.10.0 

func (sgb *SessionGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SessionGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Bool added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Bools added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Int added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) IntX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Ints added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Scan added in v0.10.0 

func (sgb *SessionGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SessionGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) StringX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Strings added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SessionMutation added in v0.10.0 

type SessionMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionMutation represents an operation that mutates the Session nodes in the graph.

func (*SessionMutation) AddField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SessionMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) AddedField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) AddedFields added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearDevice()

ClearDevice clears the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (SessionMutation) Client added in v0.10.0 

func (m SessionMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*SessionMutation) DeviceCleared added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) DeviceCleared() bool

DeviceCleared reports if the "device" edge to the Device entity was cleared.

func (*SessionMutation) DeviceID added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) DeviceID() (id schema.ID, exists bool)

DeviceID returns the "device" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) DeviceIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) DeviceIDs() (ids []schema.ID)

DeviceIDs returns the "device" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use DeviceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*SessionMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) Field added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) Fields added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*SessionMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) Filter() *SessionFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the SessionMutation builder.

func (*SessionMutation) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ID() (id schema.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*SessionMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) OldField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*SessionMutation) Op added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*SessionMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) ResetDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ResetDevice()

ResetDevice resets all changes to the "device" edge.

func (*SessionMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) ResetField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) SetDeviceID added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) SetDeviceID(id schema.ID)

SetDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by id.

func (*SessionMutation) SetField added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SessionMutation) SetID added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) SetID(id schema.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Session entities.

func (SessionMutation) Tx added in v0.10.0 

func (m SessionMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*SessionMutation) Type added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Session).

func (*SessionMutation) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (m *SessionMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Session)

Where appends a list predicates to the SessionMutation builder.

type SessionQuery added in v0.10.0 

type SessionQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionQuery is the builder for querying Session entities.

func (*SessionQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SessionSelect

Aggregate returns a SessionSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*SessionQuery) All added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Session, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Sessions.

func (*SessionQuery) AllX added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Session

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Clone added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Clone() *SessionQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the SessionQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*SessionQuery) Count added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*SessionQuery) CountX added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Exist added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*SessionQuery) ExistX added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Filter() *SessionFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the SessionQuery builder.

func (*SessionQuery) First added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Session, error)

First returns the first Session entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Session was found.

func (*SessionQuery) FirstID added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Session ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Session ID was found.

func (*SessionQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) FirstX added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Session

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) GroupBy added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *SessionGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*SessionQuery) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Session IDs.

func (*SessionQuery) IDsX added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []schema.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Limit added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Limit(limit int) *SessionQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*SessionQuery) Offset added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Offset(offset int) *SessionQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*SessionQuery) Only added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Session, error)

Only returns a single Session entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Session entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Session entities are found.

func (*SessionQuery) OnlyID added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Session ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Session ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*SessionQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) OnlyX added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Session

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Order added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *SessionQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*SessionQuery) QueryDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) QueryDevice() *DeviceQuery

QueryDevice chains the current query on the "device" edge.

func (*SessionQuery) Select added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Select(fields ...string) *SessionSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*SessionQuery) Unique added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Unique(unique bool) *SessionQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*SessionQuery) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Session) *SessionQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the SessionQuery builder.

func (*SessionQuery) WithDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (sq *SessionQuery) WithDevice(opts ...func(*DeviceQuery)) *SessionQuery

WithDevice tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "device" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type SessionSelect added in v0.10.0 

type SessionSelect struct {
	*SessionQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Session entities.

func (*SessionSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (ss *SessionSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SessionSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*SessionSelect) Bool added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) BoolX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Bools added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) BoolsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Float64 added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) Float64X added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Float64s added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) Float64sX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Int added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) IntX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Ints added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) IntsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Scan added in v0.10.0 

func (ss *SessionSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SessionSelect) ScanX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) StringX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Strings added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) StringsX added in v0.10.0 

func (s *SessionSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SessionUpdate added in v0.10.0 

type SessionUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionUpdate is the builder for updating Session entities.

func (*SessionUpdate) ClearDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) ClearDevice() *SessionUpdate

ClearDevice clears the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionUpdate) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionUpdate) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpdate) Mutation added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) Mutation() *SessionMutation

Mutation returns the SessionMutation object of the builder.

func (*SessionUpdate) Save added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*SessionUpdate) SaveX added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpdate) SetDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) SetDevice(d *Device) *SessionUpdate

SetDevice sets the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionUpdate) SetDeviceID added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) SetDeviceID(id schema.ID) *SessionUpdate

SetDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID.

func (*SessionUpdate) SetNillableDeviceID added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) SetNillableDeviceID(id *schema.ID) *SessionUpdate

SetNillableDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*SessionUpdate) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (su *SessionUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Session) *SessionUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the SessionUpdate builder.

type SessionUpdateOne added in v0.10.0 

type SessionUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Session entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) ClearDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) ClearDevice() *SessionUpdateOne

ClearDevice clears the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) Mutation() *SessionMutation

Mutation returns the SessionMutation object of the builder.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) Save added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Session, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Session entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Session

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) Select added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *SessionUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) SetDevice added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) SetDevice(d *Device) *SessionUpdateOne

SetDevice sets the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) SetDeviceID added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) SetDeviceID(id schema.ID) *SessionUpdateOne

SetDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) SetNillableDeviceID added in v0.10.0 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) SetNillableDeviceID(id *schema.ID) *SessionUpdateOne

SetNillableDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

type SessionUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type SessionUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

SessionUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type SessionUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type SessionUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Session nodes.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *SessionUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) Ignore() *SessionUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*SessionUpsert)) *SessionUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SessionCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *SessionUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(session.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type SessionUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type SessionUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Session node.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) DoNothing() *SessionUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) Ignore() *SessionUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) Update(set func(*SessionUpsert)) *SessionUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SessionCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *SessionUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(session.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Sessions added in v0.10.0 

type Sessions []*Session

Sessions is a parsable slice of Session.

type Token added in v0.10.1 

type Token struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID sid.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Body holds the value of the "body" field.
	Body string `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the TokenQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges TokenEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Token is the model entity for the Token schema.

func (*Token) QueryAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (t *Token) QueryAccount() *AccountQuery

QueryAccount queries the "account" edge of the Token entity.

func (*Token) String added in v0.10.1 

func (t *Token) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Token) Unwrap added in v0.10.1 

func (t *Token) Unwrap() *Token

Unwrap unwraps the Token entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Token) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (t *Token) Update() *TokenUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Token. Note that you need to call Token.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Token was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type TokenClient added in v0.10.1 

type TokenClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenClient is a client for the Token schema.

func NewTokenClient added in v0.10.1 

func NewTokenClient(c config) *TokenClient

NewTokenClient returns a client for the Token from the given config.

func (*TokenClient) Create added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) Create() *TokenCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Token entity.

func (*TokenClient) CreateBulk added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*TokenCreate) *TokenCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Token entities.

func (*TokenClient) Delete added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) Delete() *TokenDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Token.

func (*TokenClient) DeleteOne added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) DeleteOne(t *Token) *TokenDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*TokenClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) DeleteOneID(id sid.ID) *TokenDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*TokenClient) Get added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) (*Token, error)

Get returns a Token entity by its id.

func (*TokenClient) GetX added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) *Token

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenClient) Hooks added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*TokenClient) Query added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) Query() *TokenQuery

Query returns a query builder for Token.

func (*TokenClient) QueryAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) QueryAccount(t *Token) *AccountQuery

QueryAccount queries the account edge of a Token.

func (*TokenClient) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) Update() *TokenUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Token.

func (*TokenClient) UpdateOne added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) UpdateOne(t *Token) *TokenUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*TokenClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) UpdateOneID(id sid.ID) *TokenUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*TokenClient) Use added in v0.10.1 

func (c *TokenClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `token.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type TokenCreate added in v0.10.1 

type TokenCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenCreate is the builder for creating a Token entity.

func (*TokenCreate) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenCreate) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenCreate) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) Mutation() *TokenMutation

Mutation returns the TokenMutation object of the builder.

func (*TokenCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *TokenUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Token.Create().
	SetBody(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.TokenUpsert) {
		SetBody(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *TokenUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenCreate) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Token, error)

Save creates the Token in the database.

func (*TokenCreate) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Token

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*TokenCreate) SetAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetAccount(a *Account) *TokenCreate

SetAccount sets the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenCreate) SetAccountID added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetAccountID(id sid.ID) *TokenCreate

SetAccountID sets the "account" edge to the Account entity by ID.

func (*TokenCreate) SetBody added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetBody(s string) *TokenCreate

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenCreate) SetID added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetID(s sid.ID) *TokenCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*TokenCreate) SetNillableID added in v0.10.1 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetNillableID(s *sid.ID) *TokenCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type TokenCreateBulk added in v0.10.1 

type TokenCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Token entities in bulk.

func (*TokenCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.1 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *TokenUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Token.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.TokenUpsert) {
		SetBody(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.1 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *TokenUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenCreateBulk) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Token, error)

Save creates the Token entities in the database.

func (*TokenCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Token

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type TokenDelete added in v0.10.1 

type TokenDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenDelete is the builder for deleting a Token entity.

func (*TokenDelete) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (td *TokenDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*TokenDelete) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (td *TokenDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenDelete) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (td *TokenDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Token) *TokenDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the TokenDelete builder.

type TokenDeleteOne added in v0.10.1 

type TokenDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Token entity.

func (*TokenDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (tdo *TokenDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*TokenDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (tdo *TokenDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type TokenEdges added in v0.10.1 

type TokenEdges struct {
	// Account holds the value of the account edge.
	Account *Account `json:"account,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (TokenEdges) AccountOrErr added in v0.10.1 

func (e TokenEdges) AccountOrErr() (*Account, error)

AccountOrErr returns the Account value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type TokenFilter added in v0.10.1 

type TokenFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for TokenQuery.

func (*TokenFilter) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (f *TokenFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*TokenFilter) WhereBody added in v0.10.1 

func (f *TokenFilter) WhereBody(p entql.StringP)

WhereBody applies the entql string predicate on the body field.

func (*TokenFilter) WhereHasAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (f *TokenFilter) WhereHasAccount()

WhereHasAccount applies a predicate to check if query has an edge account.

func (*TokenFilter) WhereHasAccountWith added in v0.10.1 

func (f *TokenFilter) WhereHasAccountWith(preds ...predicate.Account)

WhereHasAccountWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge account with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*TokenFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.1 

func (f *TokenFilter) WhereID(p entql.OtherP)

WhereID applies the entql other predicate on the id field.

type TokenGroupBy added in v0.10.1 

type TokenGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenGroupBy is the group-by builder for Token entities.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.10.1 

func (tgb *TokenGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *TokenGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Bool added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Bools added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Int added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) IntX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Ints added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Scan added in v0.10.1 

func (tgb *TokenGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*TokenGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) String added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) StringX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Strings added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type TokenMutation added in v0.10.1 

type TokenMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenMutation represents an operation that mutates the Token nodes in the graph.

func (*TokenMutation) AccountCleared added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) AccountCleared() bool

AccountCleared reports if the "account" edge to the Account entity was cleared.

func (*TokenMutation) AccountID added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) AccountID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

AccountID returns the "account" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) AccountIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) AccountIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

AccountIDs returns the "account" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use AccountID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*TokenMutation) AddField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*TokenMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) AddedField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) AddedFields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) Body added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) Body() (r string, exists bool)

Body returns the value of the "body" field in the mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearAccount()

ClearAccount clears the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (TokenMutation) Client added in v0.10.1 

func (m TokenMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*TokenMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) Field added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) Fields added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*TokenMutation) Filter added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) Filter() *TokenFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the TokenMutation builder.

func (*TokenMutation) ID added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*TokenMutation) IDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) OldBody added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) OldBody(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldBody returns the old "body" field's value of the Token entity. If the Token object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*TokenMutation) OldField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*TokenMutation) Op added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*TokenMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) ResetAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ResetAccount()

ResetAccount resets all changes to the "account" edge.

func (*TokenMutation) ResetBody added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ResetBody()

ResetBody resets all changes to the "body" field.

func (*TokenMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) ResetField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) SetAccountID added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) SetAccountID(id sid.ID)

SetAccountID sets the "account" edge to the Account entity by id.

func (*TokenMutation) SetBody added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) SetBody(s string)

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenMutation) SetField added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*TokenMutation) SetID added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) SetID(id sid.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Token entities.

func (TokenMutation) Tx added in v0.10.1 

func (m TokenMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*TokenMutation) Type added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Token).

func (*TokenMutation) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (m *TokenMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Token)

Where appends a list predicates to the TokenMutation builder.

type TokenQuery added in v0.10.1 

type TokenQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenQuery is the builder for querying Token entities.

func (*TokenQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *TokenSelect

Aggregate returns a TokenSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*TokenQuery) All added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Token, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Tokens.

func (*TokenQuery) AllX added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Token

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Clone added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Clone() *TokenQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the TokenQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*TokenQuery) Count added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*TokenQuery) CountX added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Exist added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*TokenQuery) ExistX added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Filter added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Filter() *TokenFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the TokenQuery builder.

func (*TokenQuery) First added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Token, error)

First returns the first Token entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Token was found.

func (*TokenQuery) FirstID added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Token ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Token ID was found.

func (*TokenQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) FirstX added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Token

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) GroupBy added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *TokenGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Body string `json:"body,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Token.Query().
	GroupBy(token.FieldBody).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*TokenQuery) IDs added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Token IDs.

func (*TokenQuery) IDsX added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []sid.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Limit added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Limit(limit int) *TokenQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*TokenQuery) Offset added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Offset(offset int) *TokenQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*TokenQuery) Only added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Token, error)

Only returns a single Token entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Token entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Token entities are found.

func (*TokenQuery) OnlyID added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Token ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Token ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*TokenQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) OnlyX added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Token

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Order added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *TokenQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*TokenQuery) QueryAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) QueryAccount() *AccountQuery

QueryAccount chains the current query on the "account" edge.

func (*TokenQuery) Select added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Select(fields ...string) *TokenSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Body string `json:"body,omitempty"`
}

client.Token.Query().
	Select(token.FieldBody).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*TokenQuery) Unique added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Unique(unique bool) *TokenQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*TokenQuery) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Token) *TokenQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the TokenQuery builder.

func (*TokenQuery) WithAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (tq *TokenQuery) WithAccount(opts ...func(*AccountQuery)) *TokenQuery

WithAccount tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "account" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type TokenSelect added in v0.10.1 

type TokenSelect struct {
	*TokenQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Token entities.

func (*TokenSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (ts *TokenSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *TokenSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*TokenSelect) Bool added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) BoolX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Bools added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) BoolsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Float64 added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) Float64X added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Float64s added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) Float64sX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Int added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) IntX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Ints added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) IntsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Scan added in v0.10.1 

func (ts *TokenSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*TokenSelect) ScanX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) String added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) StringX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Strings added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) StringsX added in v0.10.1 

func (s *TokenSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type TokenUpdate added in v0.10.1 

type TokenUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenUpdate is the builder for updating Token entities.

func (*TokenUpdate) ClearAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) ClearAccount() *TokenUpdate

ClearAccount clears the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenUpdate) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenUpdate) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpdate) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) Mutation() *TokenMutation

Mutation returns the TokenMutation object of the builder.

func (*TokenUpdate) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*TokenUpdate) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpdate) SetAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) SetAccount(a *Account) *TokenUpdate

SetAccount sets the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenUpdate) SetAccountID added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) SetAccountID(id sid.ID) *TokenUpdate

SetAccountID sets the "account" edge to the Account entity by ID.

func (*TokenUpdate) SetBody added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) SetBody(s string) *TokenUpdate

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenUpdate) Where added in v0.10.1 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Token) *TokenUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the TokenUpdate builder.

type TokenUpdateOne added in v0.10.1 

type TokenUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Token entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) ClearAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) ClearAccount() *TokenUpdateOne

ClearAccount clears the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) Mutation() *TokenMutation

Mutation returns the TokenMutation object of the builder.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) Save added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Token, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Token entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Token

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) Select added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *TokenUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) SetAccount added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) SetAccount(a *Account) *TokenUpdateOne

SetAccount sets the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) SetAccountID added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) SetAccountID(id sid.ID) *TokenUpdateOne

SetAccountID sets the "account" edge to the Account entity by ID.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) SetBody added in v0.10.1 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) SetBody(s string) *TokenUpdateOne

SetBody sets the "body" field.

type TokenUpsert added in v0.10.1 

type TokenUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

TokenUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*TokenUpsert) SetBody added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsert) SetBody(v string) *TokenUpsert

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenUpsert) UpdateBody added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsert) UpdateBody() *TokenUpsert

UpdateBody sets the "body" field to the value that was provided on create.

type TokenUpsertBulk added in v0.10.1 

type TokenUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Token nodes.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *TokenUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) Ignore() *TokenUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) SetBody added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) SetBody(v string) *TokenUpsertBulk

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*TokenUpsert)) *TokenUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the TokenCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) UpdateBody added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) UpdateBody() *TokenUpsertBulk

UpdateBody sets the "body" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *TokenUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(token.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type TokenUpsertOne added in v0.10.1 

type TokenUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Token node.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) DoNothing() *TokenUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) Ignore() *TokenUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenUpsertOne) SetBody added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) SetBody(v string) *TokenUpsertOne

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) Update(set func(*TokenUpsert)) *TokenUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the TokenCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) UpdateBody added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) UpdateBody() *TokenUpsertOne

UpdateBody sets the "body" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.1 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *TokenUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(token.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Tokens added in v0.10.1 

type Tokens []*Token

Tokens is a parsable slice of Token.

type Tx 

type Tx struct {

	// Account is the client for interacting with the Account builders.
	Account *AccountClient
	// Blob is the client for interacting with the Blob builders.
	Blob *BlobClient
	// BlobLink is the client for interacting with the BlobLink builders.
	BlobLink *BlobLinkClient
	// Car is the client for interacting with the Car builders.
	Car *CarClient
	// Device is the client for interacting with the Device builders.
	Device *DeviceClient
	// Doc is the client for interacting with the Doc builders.
	Doc *DocClient
	// Group is the client for interacting with the Group builders.
	Group *GroupClient
	// IntSID is the client for interacting with the IntSID builders.
	IntSID *IntSIDClient
	// Link is the client for interacting with the Link builders.
	Link *LinkClient
	// MixinID is the client for interacting with the MixinID builders.
	MixinID *MixinIDClient
	// Note is the client for interacting with the Note builders.
	Note *NoteClient
	// Other is the client for interacting with the Other builders.
	Other *OtherClient
	// Pet is the client for interacting with the Pet builders.
	Pet *PetClient
	// Revision is the client for interacting with the Revision builders.
	Revision *RevisionClient
	// Session is the client for interacting with the Session builders.
	Session *SessionClient
	// Token is the client for interacting with the Token builders.
	Token *TokenClient
	// User is the client for interacting with the User builders.
	User *UserClient
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tx is a transactional client that is created by calling Client.Tx().

func TxFromContext 

func TxFromContext(ctx context.Context) *Tx

TxFromContext returns a Tx stored inside a context, or nil if there isn't one.

func (*Tx) Client 

func (tx *Tx) Client() *Client

Client returns a Client that binds to current transaction.

func (*Tx) Commit 

func (tx *Tx) Commit() error

Commit commits the transaction.

func (*Tx) OnCommit 

func (tx *Tx) OnCommit(f CommitHook)

OnCommit adds a hook to call on commit.

func (*Tx) OnRollback 

func (tx *Tx) OnRollback(f RollbackHook)

OnRollback adds a hook to call on rollback.

func (*Tx) Rollback 

func (tx *Tx) Rollback() error

Rollback rollbacks the transaction.

type User 

type User struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the UserQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges UserEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

User is the model entity for the User schema.

func (*User) QueryChildren 

func (u *User) QueryChildren() *UserQuery

QueryChildren queries the "children" edge of the User entity.

func (*User) QueryGroups 

func (u *User) QueryGroups() *GroupQuery

QueryGroups queries the "groups" edge of the User entity.

func (*User) QueryParent 

func (u *User) QueryParent() *UserQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the User entity.

func (*User) QueryPets 

func (u *User) QueryPets() *PetQuery

QueryPets queries the "pets" edge of the User entity.

func (*User) String 

func (u *User) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*User) Unwrap 

func (u *User) Unwrap() *User

Unwrap unwraps the User entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*User) Update 

func (u *User) Update() *UserUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this User. Note that you need to call User.Unwrap() before calling this method if this User was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type UserClient 

type UserClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserClient is a client for the User schema.

func NewUserClient 

func NewUserClient(c config) *UserClient

NewUserClient returns a client for the User from the given config.

func (*UserClient) Create 

func (c *UserClient) Create() *UserCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a User entity.

func (*UserClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *UserClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*UserCreate) *UserCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of User entities.

func (*UserClient) Delete 

func (c *UserClient) Delete() *UserDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for User.

func (*UserClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *UserClient) DeleteOne(u *User) *UserDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*UserClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *UserClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *UserDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*UserClient) Get 

func (c *UserClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*User, error)

Get returns a User entity by its id.

func (*UserClient) GetX 

func (c *UserClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *User

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserClient) Hooks 

func (c *UserClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*UserClient) Query 

func (c *UserClient) Query() *UserQuery

Query returns a query builder for User.

func (*UserClient) QueryChildren 

func (c *UserClient) QueryChildren(u *User) *UserQuery

QueryChildren queries the children edge of a User.

func (*UserClient) QueryGroups 

func (c *UserClient) QueryGroups(u *User) *GroupQuery

QueryGroups queries the groups edge of a User.

func (*UserClient) QueryParent 

func (c *UserClient) QueryParent(u *User) *UserQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a User.

func (*UserClient) QueryPets 

func (c *UserClient) QueryPets(u *User) *PetQuery

QueryPets queries the pets edge of a User.

func (*UserClient) Update 

func (c *UserClient) Update() *UserUpdate

Update returns an update builder for User.

func (*UserClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *UserClient) UpdateOne(u *User) *UserUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*UserClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *UserClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *UserUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*UserClient) Use 

func (c *UserClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `user.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type UserCreate 

type UserCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserCreate is the builder for creating a User entity.

func (*UserCreate) AddChildIDs 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserCreate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*UserCreate) AddChildren 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddChildren(u ...*User) *UserCreate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserCreate) AddGroupIDs 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserCreate

AddGroupIDs adds the "groups" edge to the Group entity by IDs.

func (*UserCreate) AddGroups 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddGroups(g ...*Group) *UserCreate

AddGroups adds the "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserCreate) AddPetIDs 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddPetIDs(ids ...string) *UserCreate

AddPetIDs adds the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*UserCreate) AddPets 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddPets(p ...*Pet) *UserCreate

AddPets adds the "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserCreate) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (uc *UserCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserCreate) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (uc *UserCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserCreate) Mutation 

func (uc *UserCreate) Mutation() *UserMutation

Mutation returns the UserMutation object of the builder.

func (*UserCreate) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (uc *UserCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *UserUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (uc *UserCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *UserUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserCreate) Save 

func (uc *UserCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*User, error)

Save creates the User in the database.

func (*UserCreate) SaveX 

func (uc *UserCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *User

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*UserCreate) SetID 

func (uc *UserCreate) SetID(i int) *UserCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*UserCreate) SetNillableParentID 

func (uc *UserCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *int) *UserCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*UserCreate) SetParent 

func (uc *UserCreate) SetParent(u *User) *UserCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserCreate) SetParentID 

func (uc *UserCreate) SetParentID(id int) *UserCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID.

type UserCreateBulk 

type UserCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserCreateBulk is the builder for creating many User entities in bulk.

func (*UserCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.9.0 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.9.0 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.10.0 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *UserUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.User.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.10.0 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *UserUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserCreateBulk) Save 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*User, error)

Save creates the User entities in the database.

func (*UserCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*User

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type UserDelete 

type UserDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserDelete is the builder for deleting a User entity.

func (*UserDelete) Exec 

func (ud *UserDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*UserDelete) ExecX 

func (ud *UserDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserDelete) Where 

func (ud *UserDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.User) *UserDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the UserDelete builder.

type UserDeleteOne 

type UserDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single User entity.

func (*UserDeleteOne) Exec 

func (udo *UserDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*UserDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (udo *UserDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type UserEdges 

type UserEdges struct {
	// Groups holds the value of the groups edge.
	Groups []*Group `json:"groups,omitempty"`
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *User `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Children holds the value of the children edge.
	Children []*User `json:"children,omitempty"`
	// Pets holds the value of the pets edge.
	Pets []*Pet `json:"pets,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (UserEdges) ChildrenOrErr 

func (e UserEdges) ChildrenOrErr() ([]*User, error)

ChildrenOrErr returns the Children value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (UserEdges) GroupsOrErr 

func (e UserEdges) GroupsOrErr() ([]*Group, error)

GroupsOrErr returns the Groups value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (UserEdges) ParentOrErr 

func (e UserEdges) ParentOrErr() (*User, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (UserEdges) PetsOrErr 

func (e UserEdges) PetsOrErr() ([]*Pet, error)

PetsOrErr returns the Pets value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type UserFilter added in v0.10.0 

type UserFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for UserQuery.

func (*UserFilter) Where added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasChildren added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasChildren()

WhereHasChildren applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith(preds ...predicate.User)

WhereHasChildrenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasGroups added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasGroups()

WhereHasGroups applies a predicate to check if query has an edge groups.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasGroupsWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasGroupsWith(preds ...predicate.Group)

WhereHasGroupsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge groups with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasParent added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasParentWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.User)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasPets added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasPets()

WhereHasPets applies a predicate to check if query has an edge pets.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasPetsWith added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasPetsWith(preds ...predicate.Pet)

WhereHasPetsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge pets with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*UserFilter) WhereID added in v0.10.0 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereID(p entql.IntP)

WhereID applies the entql int predicate on the id field.

type UserGroupBy 

type UserGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserGroupBy is the group-by builder for User entities.

func (*UserGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ugb *UserGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *UserGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*UserGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Int 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Scan 

func (ugb *UserGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*UserGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) String 

func (s *UserGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type UserMutation 

type UserMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserMutation represents an operation that mutates the User nodes in the graph.

func (*UserMutation) AddChildIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) AddChildIDs(ids ...int)

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the User entity by ids.

func (*UserMutation) AddField 

func (m *UserMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*UserMutation) AddGroupIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) AddGroupIDs(ids ...int)

AddGroupIDs adds the "groups" edge to the Group entity by ids.

func (*UserMutation) AddPetIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) AddPetIDs(ids ...string)

AddPetIDs adds the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by ids.

func (*UserMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *UserMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) AddedField 

func (m *UserMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *UserMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ChildrenCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) ChildrenCleared() bool

ChildrenCleared reports if the "children" edge to the User entity was cleared.

func (*UserMutation) ChildrenIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) ChildrenIDs() (ids []int)

ChildrenIDs returns the "children" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ClearChildren 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearChildren()

ClearChildren clears the "children" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) ClearField 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) ClearGroups 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearGroups()

ClearGroups clears the "groups" edge to the Group entity.

func (*UserMutation) ClearParent 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserMutation) ClearPets 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearPets()

ClearPets clears the "pets" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*UserMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (UserMutation) Client 

func (m UserMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*UserMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) Field 

func (m *UserMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) Fields 

func (m *UserMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*UserMutation) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (m *UserMutation) Filter() *UserFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the UserMutation builder.

func (*UserMutation) GroupsCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) GroupsCleared() bool

GroupsCleared reports if the "groups" edge to the Group entity was cleared.

func (*UserMutation) GroupsIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) GroupsIDs() (ids []int)

GroupsIDs returns the "groups" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ID 

func (m *UserMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*UserMutation) IDs added in v0.10.0 

func (m *UserMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) OldField 

func (m *UserMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*UserMutation) Op 

func (m *UserMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*UserMutation) ParentCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the User entity was cleared.

func (*UserMutation) ParentID 

func (m *UserMutation) ParentID() (id int, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ParentIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []int)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*UserMutation) PetsCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) PetsCleared() bool

PetsCleared reports if the "pets" edge to the Pet entity was cleared.

func (*UserMutation) PetsIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) PetsIDs() (ids []string)

PetsIDs returns the "pets" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) RemoveChildIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*UserMutation) RemoveGroupIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemoveGroupIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveGroupIDs removes the "groups" edge to the Group entity by IDs.

func (*UserMutation) RemovePetIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovePetIDs(ids ...string)

RemovePetIDs removes the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedChildren returns the removed IDs of the "children" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedGroupsIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedGroupsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedGroups returns the removed IDs of the "groups" edge to the Group entity.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedPetsIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedPetsIDs() (ids []string)

RemovedPets returns the removed IDs of the "pets" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*UserMutation) ResetChildren 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetChildren()

ResetChildren resets all changes to the "children" edge.

func (*UserMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) ResetField 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) ResetGroups 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetGroups()

ResetGroups resets all changes to the "groups" edge.

func (*UserMutation) ResetParent 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*UserMutation) ResetPets 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetPets()

ResetPets resets all changes to the "pets" edge.

func (*UserMutation) SetField 

func (m *UserMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*UserMutation) SetID 

func (m *UserMutation) SetID(id int)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of User entities.

func (*UserMutation) SetParentID 

func (m *UserMutation) SetParentID(id int)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by id.

func (UserMutation) Tx 

func (m UserMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*UserMutation) Type 

func (m *UserMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (User).

func (*UserMutation) Where added in v0.9.0 

func (m *UserMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.User)

Where appends a list predicates to the UserMutation builder.

type UserQuery 

type UserQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserQuery is the builder for querying User entities.

func (*UserQuery) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (uq *UserQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *UserSelect

Aggregate returns a UserSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*UserQuery) All 

func (uq *UserQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*User, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Users.

func (*UserQuery) AllX 

func (uq *UserQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*User

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Clone 

func (uq *UserQuery) Clone() *UserQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the UserQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*UserQuery) Count 

func (uq *UserQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*UserQuery) CountX 

func (uq *UserQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Exist 

func (uq *UserQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*UserQuery) ExistX 

func (uq *UserQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Filter added in v0.10.0 

func (uq *UserQuery) Filter() *UserFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the UserQuery builder.

func (*UserQuery) First 

func (uq *UserQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*User, error)

First returns the first User entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no User was found.

func (*UserQuery) FirstID 

func (uq *UserQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first User ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no User ID was found.

func (*UserQuery) FirstIDX 

func (uq *UserQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) FirstX 

func (uq *UserQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *User

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) GroupBy 

func (uq *UserQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *UserGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*UserQuery) IDs 

func (uq *UserQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of User IDs.

func (*UserQuery) IDsX 

func (uq *UserQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Limit 

func (uq *UserQuery) Limit(limit int) *UserQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*UserQuery) Offset 

func (uq *UserQuery) Offset(offset int) *UserQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*UserQuery) Only 

func (uq *UserQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*User, error)

Only returns a single User entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one User entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no User entities are found.

func (*UserQuery) OnlyID 

func (uq *UserQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only User ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one User ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*UserQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (uq *UserQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) OnlyX 

func (uq *UserQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *User

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Order 

func (uq *UserQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *UserQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*UserQuery) QueryChildren 

func (uq *UserQuery) QueryChildren() *UserQuery

QueryChildren chains the current query on the "children" edge.

func (*UserQuery) QueryGroups 

func (uq *UserQuery) QueryGroups() *GroupQuery

QueryGroups chains the current query on the "groups" edge.

func (*UserQuery) QueryParent 

func (uq *UserQuery) QueryParent() *UserQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*UserQuery) QueryPets 

func (uq *UserQuery) QueryPets() *PetQuery

QueryPets chains the current query on the "pets" edge.

func (*UserQuery) Select 

func (uq *UserQuery) Select(fields ...string) *UserSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*UserQuery) Unique added in v0.8.0 

func (uq *UserQuery) Unique(unique bool) *UserQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*UserQuery) Where 

func (uq *UserQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.User) *UserQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the UserQuery builder.

func (*UserQuery) WithChildren 

func (uq *UserQuery) WithChildren(opts ...func(*UserQuery)) *UserQuery

WithChildren tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "children" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*UserQuery) WithGroups 

func (uq *UserQuery) WithGroups(opts ...func(*GroupQuery)) *UserQuery

WithGroups tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "groups" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*UserQuery) WithParent 

func (uq *UserQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*UserQuery)) *UserQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*UserQuery) WithPets 

func (uq *UserQuery) WithPets(opts ...func(*PetQuery)) *UserQuery

WithPets tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "pets" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type UserSelect 

type UserSelect struct {
	*UserQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserSelect is the builder for selecting fields of User entities.

func (*UserSelect) Aggregate added in v0.11.4 

func (us *UserSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *UserSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*UserSelect) Bool 

func (s *UserSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) BoolX 

func (s *UserSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Bools 

func (s *UserSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *UserSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Float64 

func (s *UserSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) Float64X 

func (s *UserSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Float64s 

func (s *UserSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *UserSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Int 

func (s *UserSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) IntX 

func (s *UserSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Ints 

func (s *UserSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) IntsX 

func (s *UserSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Scan 

func (us *UserSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*UserSelect) ScanX 

func (s *UserSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) String 

func (s *UserSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) StringX 

func (s *UserSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Strings 

func (s *UserSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) StringsX 

func (s *UserSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type UserUpdate 

type UserUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserUpdate is the builder for updating User entities.

func (*UserUpdate) AddChildIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) AddChildren 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddChildren(u ...*User) *UserUpdate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdate) AddGroupIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdate

AddGroupIDs adds the "groups" edge to the Group entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) AddGroups 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddGroups(g ...*Group) *UserUpdate

AddGroups adds the "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserUpdate) AddPetIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddPetIDs(ids ...string) *UserUpdate

AddPetIDs adds the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) AddPets 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddPets(p ...*Pet) *UserUpdate

AddPets adds the "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserUpdate) ClearChildren 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ClearChildren() *UserUpdate

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdate) ClearGroups 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ClearGroups() *UserUpdate

ClearGroups clears all "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserUpdate) ClearParent 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ClearParent() *UserUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdate) ClearPets 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ClearPets() *UserUpdate

ClearPets clears all "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserUpdate) Exec 

func (uu *UserUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserUpdate) ExecX 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpdate) Mutation 

func (uu *UserUpdate) Mutation() *UserMutation

Mutation returns the UserMutation object of the builder.

func (*UserUpdate) RemoveChildIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdate

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to User entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) RemoveChildren 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemoveChildren(u ...*User) *UserUpdate

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to User entities.

func (*UserUpdate) RemoveGroupIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemoveGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdate

RemoveGroupIDs removes the "groups" edge to Group entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) RemoveGroups 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemoveGroups(g ...*Group) *UserUpdate

RemoveGroups removes "groups" edges to Group entities.

func (*UserUpdate) RemovePetIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemovePetIDs(ids ...string) *UserUpdate

RemovePetIDs removes the "pets" edge to Pet entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) RemovePets 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemovePets(p ...*Pet) *UserUpdate

RemovePets removes "pets" edges to Pet entities.

func (*UserUpdate) Save 

func (uu *UserUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*UserUpdate) SaveX 

func (uu *UserUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpdate) SetNillableParentID 

func (uu *UserUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *int) *UserUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*UserUpdate) SetParent 

func (uu *UserUpdate) SetParent(u *User) *UserUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdate) SetParentID 

func (uu *UserUpdate) SetParentID(id int) *UserUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID.

func (*UserUpdate) Where 

func (uu *UserUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.User) *UserUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the UserUpdate builder.

type UserUpdateOne 

type UserUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddChildIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdateOne

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddChildren 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddChildren(u ...*User) *UserUpdateOne

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddGroupIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdateOne

AddGroupIDs adds the "groups" edge to the Group entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddGroups 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddGroups(g ...*Group) *UserUpdateOne

AddGroups adds the "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddPetIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddPetIDs(ids ...string) *UserUpdateOne

AddPetIDs adds the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddPets 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddPets(p ...*Pet) *UserUpdateOne

AddPets adds the "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ClearChildren 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ClearChildren() *UserUpdateOne

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ClearGroups 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ClearGroups() *UserUpdateOne

ClearGroups clears all "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ClearParent 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ClearParent() *UserUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ClearPets 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ClearPets() *UserUpdateOne

ClearPets clears all "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) Exec 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) Mutation() *UserMutation

Mutation returns the UserMutation object of the builder.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdateOne

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to User entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemoveChildren 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemoveChildren(u ...*User) *UserUpdateOne

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to User entities.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemoveGroupIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemoveGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdateOne

RemoveGroupIDs removes the "groups" edge to Group entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemoveGroups 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemoveGroups(g ...*Group) *UserUpdateOne

RemoveGroups removes "groups" edges to Group entities.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemovePetIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemovePetIDs(ids ...string) *UserUpdateOne

RemovePetIDs removes the "pets" edge to Pet entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemovePets 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemovePets(p ...*Pet) *UserUpdateOne

RemovePets removes "pets" edges to Pet entities.

func (*UserUpdateOne) Save 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*User, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *User

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) Select added in v0.8.0 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *UserUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*UserUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *int) *UserUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*UserUpdateOne) SetParent 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) SetParent(u *User) *UserUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) SetParentID 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) SetParentID(id int) *UserUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID.

type UserUpsert added in v0.10.0 

type UserUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

UserUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type UserUpsertBulk added in v0.10.0 

type UserUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of User nodes.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *UserUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) Ignore() *UserUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*UserUpsert)) *UserUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the UserCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *UserUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(user.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type UserUpsertOne added in v0.10.0 

type UserUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one User node.

func (*UserUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) DoNothing() *UserUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*UserUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpsertOne) ID added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*UserUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) Ignore() *UserUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*UserUpsertOne) Update added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) Update(set func(*UserUpsert)) *UserUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the UserCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*UserUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *UserUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(user.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Users 

type Users []*User

Users is a parsable slice of User.

type ValidationError 

type ValidationError struct {
	Name string // Field or edge name.
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ValidationError returns when validating a field or edge fails.

func (*ValidationError) Error 

func (e *ValidationError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

func (*ValidationError) Unwrap 

func (e *ValidationError) Unwrap() error

Unwrap implements the errors.Wrapper interface.

type Value 

type Value = ent.Value

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.